Distillieries - Environmental Clearance

Table of Contents4.10 Public Consultation .............................................................................................................. 4-434.11 Appraisal .............................................................................................................................. 4-464.12 Decision-making .................................................................................................................. 4-484.13 Post-clearance Monitoring Protocol .................................................................................... 4-495. STAKEHOLDERS’ ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................... 5-15.1 SEIAA 5-45.2 EAC and SEAC ..................................................................................................................... 5-7TGM for Distillery Industry August 2010iii

LIST OF TABLESTable 3-1: Capacity of Fermentation Vessels in Distilleries .............................................................. 3-7Table 3-2: Process & Non-Process Application of Water for Molasses Based Distilleries ................ 3-8Table 3-3: Material Balance for One kL of Rectified Spirit (Batch process) ..................................... 3-9Table 3-4: Process Stream Discharge from Distilleries Based on Molasses ..................................... 3-10Table 3-5: Characteristics of Spent Wash ......................................................................................... 3-10Table 3-6: Important Components of Dried Fermenter’s Sludge ..................................................... 3-11Table 3-7: Quantity and Characteristics of Process Wastewater ...................................................... 3-11Table 3-8: Characteristics of Spent Wash from Various Types of Manufacturing Process .............. 3-13Table 3-9: Characteristics of Spent Lees .......................................................................................... 3-14Table 3-10: Benchmark for Energy Consumption ............................................................................ 3-22Table 3-11: Potential Sources of Contaminants in Brewing Operation ............................................ 3-33Table 3-12 Possible Emissions from Beer and Wine Industries ....................................................... 3-34Table 3-13: Classification of Distilleries based on Capacity ............................................................ 3-39Table 3-14: Total Effluent Volume Proposed for Treatment ............................................................ 3-40Table 3-15: Standards for Wastewater Discharges from Distilleries ................................................ 3-41Table 4-1: Advantages and Disadvantages of Impact Identification Methods ................................. 4-11Table 4-2: Matrix of Impacts ............................................................................................................ 4-13Table 4-3: List of Important Physical Environment Components and Indicators of EBM ............... 4-23Table 4-4: Guidance for Accidental Risk Assessment ...................................................................... 4-30Table 4-5: Typical Mitigation Measures ........................................................................................... 4-39TGM for Distillery Industry August 2010iv

AcronymsTable 5-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Stakeholders Involved in Prior Environmental Clearance 5-1Table 5-2: Organization-Specific Functions ....................................................................................... 5-3Table 5-3: SEIAA: Eligibility Criteria for Chairperson / Members / Secretary ................................. 5-5Table 5-4: EAC/SEAC: Eligibility Criteria for Chairperson / Members / Secretary .......................... 5-9TGM for Distillery Industry August 2010v

AcronymsLIST OF FIGURESFigure 2-1: Inclusive Components of Sustainable Development ........................................................ 2-1Figure 2-2: Types of Impacts ............................................................................................................ 2-14Figure 2-3: Cumulative Impact ......................................................................................................... 2-15Figure 3-1: Global Per capita Consumption (Unweighed) till 2001 ................................................... 3-3Figure 3-2: Water Balance for a Distillery - Model Case ................................................................. 3-12Figure 3-3: Process Block Diagram of Distillery (Molasses Based) ................................................ 3-15Figure 3-4: Block Flow Diagram of Ethanol Plant ........................................................................... 3-18Figure 3-5: Preliminary Process Flow Sheet Depicting Fermentation of Molasses ......................... 3-19Figure 3-6: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Distillation of Ethanol ................................................... 3-19Figure 3-7: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Azeotropic Distillation Process ..................................... 3-20Figure 3-8: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Molecular Seive Dehydration Process .......................... 3-20Figure 3-9: Mechanism of Whisky Aging Process ........................................................................... 3-26Figure 3-10: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Whisky Production ...................................................... 3-28Figure 3-11: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Wine Production .......................................................... 3-31Figure 4-1: Prior Environmental Clearance Process for Activities Falling Under Category A ......... 4-3Figure 4-2: Prior Environmental Clearance Process for Activities Falling Under Category B ......... 4-4Figure 4-3: Approach for EIA Study ................................................................................................ 4-21Figure 4-4: Risk Assessment – Conceptual Framework ................................................................... 4-30Figure 4-5: Comprehensive Risk Assessment - At a Glance ............................................................ 4-31Figure 4-6: Hierarchy of Elements of Mitigation Plan ..................................................................... 4-37TGM for Distillery Industry August 2010vi

AcronymsAnnexure XIIComposition of EAC/SEACAnnexure XIIIBest Practices & Latest Technologies available and referenceACRONYMSAAQABVADBAPHABISBODBOQBOTCAGRCCACDSCERCFECHPCO2CODCPCPCBCRZCSRDDGDDSDOEACEBMEcEECIEFIEIAEPIEMSETPFCAAmbient Air QualityAlcohol by VolumeAsian Development BankAmerican Public Health AssociationBureau of Indian StandardsBiological Oxygen DemandBill of QuantitiesBuild Operate TransferCompound Average Growth RateConventional Cost AccountingCondensed Distiller SolublesCorporate Environmental ReportsConsent for EstablishmentCombined Heat and PowerCarbon DioxideChemical Oxygen DemandCleaner ProductionCentral Pollution Control BoardCoastal Regulatory ZoneCorporate Social ResponsibilityDistiller Dried GrainsDistiller Dried SolublesDissolved OxygenExpert Appraisal CommitteeEnvironmental Baseline MonitoringEconomic-cum-EnvironmentalEnvironmental Condition IndicatorsElectronic Fuel InjectionEnvironmental Impact AssessmentEnvironmental Performance IndicatorsEnvironmental Management SystemEffluent Treatment PlantFull Cost assessmentTGM for Distillery Industry viii August 2010

AcronymsGISHAPHTLIL&FSIMFLkLkmlLCALDARMoEFµg/m 3MTPSAQRAR&DR&RRSPMRSSEACSEIAASEZSO 2SO 4SWITCATDSTEQMTGMTSSUNEPUTUTEIAAVOCVECWBCSDGeographical Information SystemsHazardous Air PollutantHigh Tide LineInfrastructure Leasing and Financial ServicesIndian Made Foreign LiquorKilolitrekilometrelitresLife Cycle AssessmentLeak Detection and RepairMinistry of Environment & Forestsmilligrams per cubic meterMetric TonnePressure Swing AdsorptionQuantitative Risk AssessmentResearch and DevelopmentResettlement and RehabilitationRespirable Suspended Particulate MatterRectified SpiritState Level Expert Appraisal CommitteeState Level Environment Impact Assessment AuthoritySpecial Economic ZoneSulphur DioxideSulphateSpecific Water IntakeTotal Cost AssessmentTotal Dissolved SolidsTotal Environmental Quality MovementTechnical EIA Guidance ManualTotal Suspended SolidsUnited Nations Environment ProgrammeUnion TerritoriesUnion Territory Level Environment Impact Assessment AuthorityVolatile Organic CompoundValued Environmental ComponentsWorld Business Council on Sustainable DevelopmentTGM for Distillery Industry August 2010ix

ET{RT4 T}ETJAIRAM RAMESHRk?rq df (atil wn)qqfu{q Eti {ae{Ra g{iFl-{a$ ffi-r r ooosMINISTER OF STATE (INDEPENDENT CHARGE)ENVIRONMENT & FORESTSGOVERNMENT OF INDIANEW DELHI - 110 (|()322"d December 2010FOREWORDThe Ministry of Environment & Forests (MOEF) introduced the Environmental ImpactAssessment (EIA) Notificati on 2006 on 14h september 2006, which not only reengineered theentire environment clearance (EC) process specified under the EIA Notification 1994, but alsointroduced a number of new developmental sectors which would require prior environmentalclearance. The EIA Notification 2006 has notified a list of 39 developmental sectors which havebeen further categorised as A or B based on their capacity and likely environmental impacts.Category B projects have been further categorised as 81 and 82. The EIA NotiJication 2006 hasfurther introduced a system of screening, scoping and appraisal and for the setting up ofEnvironment Impact Assessment Authority (EIAA) at the Central level and State LevelEnvironment Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAAs) to grant environmental clearances at theCentral and State level respectively. The Ministry of Environment & Forests is the EnvironmentImpact Assessment Authority at the Central level and 25 State Level Environment ImpactAssessrnent Authorities (SEIAAS) have been set up in the various States/UTs. The EIANotification 2006 also stipulates the constitution of a multi-disciplinary Expert AppraisalComrnittee (EAC) at the Centre and State level Expert Appraisal Committees (SEACs) atState/UT Level for appraisal of Category A or B projects respectively and to recommendgrant/rejection of environmental clearance to each project/activities falling under the varioussectors to the EIAA/SEIAAs respectively.Although the process of obtaining environmental clearance consisting of Screening,Scoping and Appraisal and for undertaking public consultation including the process ofconduct of Public Hearing has been elaborated under the EIA Notification 2006, the Notificationitself provides for bringing out guidelines from time to time on the EIA NotiJication 2005 andthe EC process with a view to bringing clarity on the EC process for expediting environmentalclearance. This need was further reinlorced after the constitution of SEIAAs and SEACs invarious States, who were assigned the task for the first time and for addressing the concems ofstandardization of the quality of appraisal and in reducing inconsistencies betweenSEACs/SEIAAs in granting ECs for similar projects in different States.The Technical Guidance Manual of "Distilleries" sector describes types of process andpollution control technologies, operational aspects of EIA with model TOR of that Sector,technological options with cleaner production and waste minimization techniques, monitoring

of environmental quality, post clearance monitoring protocol, related regulations, andprocedure of obtaining EC if liriked to other clearances for e.g., CRZ, etc.The main source of pollution from the distillery industry is the spentwash. Generally,biomethane followed by bio-cornposting or constuuction of spent wash and then incinerationare recommended for the ueatment of effluent. Standards for treated wastewater dischargesfrom distillation are notified and should be strictly followed. Multi-effect evaporatols alegenerally recommended to control gaseous emissions. India's industrial competitiveness andenvironmental future depends on Industries such as Distilleries adopting energy and resourceefficient technologies. Recycling and reuse of materials is critical.To keep pace with changing technologies and needs of sustainable development, thernanual would require regular updating in the fufure. The manual will be available on theMoEF website and we would appreciate receiving respolrses from stakeholders for furtherimprovements.I congratulate the entire team of IL&FS Ecosmart Ltd., experts from the sector who wereinvolved in the preparation of the Manuals, Chairman and members of the Core and PeerComrnittees of various sectors and various Resource Persons whose inputs were indeedvaluable in the preparation and finalization of the Manuals.(Jairam Ramesh)

1.INTRODUCTION TO THE TECHNICAL EIAGUIDANCE MANUALS PROJECTEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process of identifying, predicting,evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social, and other relevant effects ofdevelopment proposals prior to major decisions being taken and commitments made.These studies integrate the environmental concerns of developmental activities into theprocess of decision-making.EIA has emerged as one of the successful policy innovations of the 20th Century in theprocess of ensuring sustained development. Today, EIA is formalized as a regulatory toolin more than 100 countries for effectively integration of environmental concerns in theeconomic development process. The EIA process in India was made mandatory and wasalso given a legislative status through a Notification issued by the Ministry ofEnvironment and Forests (MoEF) in January 1994. However, the Notification coveredonly a few selected industrial developmental activities. While there are subsequentamendments, the Notification issued on September 14, 2006 supersedes all the earlierNotifications, and has brought out structural changes in the clearance mechanism.The basic tenets of this EIA Notification could be summarized into following:Pollution potential as the basis for prior environmental clearance instead ofinvestment criteria; andDecentralization of clearing powers to the State/Union Territory (UT) levelAuthorities for certain developmental activities to make the prior environmentalclearance process quicker, transparent and effective.Devolution of the power to grant clearances at the state-level for certain categories of thedevelopmental activities / projects is a step forward to fulfill the basic tenets of there-engineering i.e., quicker, transparent and effective process but many issuesimpede/hinder its functional efficiency. These issues could be in technical andoperational as listed below:Technical IssuesEnsuring level playing ground to avoid arbitrariness in the decision-making processClassification of projects which do not require public hearing and detailed EIA(Category B2)Variations in drawing the Terms of Reference (ToR) for EIA studies for a givendevelopmental activity across the States/UTsVarying developmental-activity-specific expertise requirement for conducting EIAstudies and their appraisalAvailability of adequate sectoral experts and variations in competency levelsInadequate data verification, cross checking tools and supporting institutionalframeworkTGM for Distillery Industry August 20101-1

IntroductionMeeting time targets without compromising with the quality of assessments/ reviewsVarying knowledge and skill levels of regulators, consultants and expertsNewly added developmental activities for prior environmental clearance, etc.Operational IssuesState level /UT level EIA Authorities (SEIAA/UTEIAA) are formulated for the firsttime and many are functioningVarying roles and responsibilities of involved organizationsVarying supporting institutional strengths across the States/UTsVarying manpower availability etc.1.1 PurposeThe purpose of developing the sector-specific technical EIA guidance manuals (TGMs) isto provide clear and concise information on EIA to all the stakeholders i.e., the projectproponent, the consultant, the reviewer, and the public. The TGMs are organized to coverfollowing:Chapter 1 (Introduction): This chapter provides a brief introduction on the EIA, basictenets of EIA Notification, technical & operational issues in the process of clearance,purpose of the TGMs, project implementation process and additional information.Chapter 2 (Conceptual facets of an EIA): This chapter covers the discussion onenvironment in EIA context i.e., sustainable development, pollution control strategies,preventive environmental management tools, Objectives of EIA, types and basicprinciples of EIA, project cycle for distilleries, understanding on type of environmentalimpacts and the criteria for the significance analysis.Chapter 3 (Distilleries): The purpose of this chapter is to provide the reader preciseinformation on all the relevant aspects of the industry, which is essential to realize thelikely interaction of such developmental activities on the receiving environment.Besides, this Chapter gives a holistic understanding on the sources of pollution and theopportunities of the source control.The specific coverage which provides precise information on the industry include (i)Introduction - Industrial distillation process–history, Ethanol production–world scenario,(ii) Indian context, (iii) Distilling processes based on raw materials - distilled liquor basedon cereals, distilled liquor based on molasses, (iv) Process of distilleries based onmolasses - alcohol, rectified spirit, (v) Ethanol - cellulosic ethanol, grades of ethanol,sequence of steps for production of ethanol, (vi) Raw material inputs in the productionline, (vii) Industrial processes of various products of distillery industry - manufacturingprocess of spirits (whisky, vodka & gin), gin manufacturing process, vodkamanufacturing process, brandy manufacturing process, beer production processes, winemanufacturing process, (viii) In plant practices, (ix) Emissions from distillery industry -emissions from beer & wine industries, (x) In plant pollution control in distilleries -fermenter sludge, Spent wash, (xi) Classification of distilleries for wastewater treatmentmethods - treatment schemes and (xii) Summary of applicable national regulations -general description of major statutes.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20101-2

IntroductionChapter 4 (Operational aspects): The purpose of this chapter is to facilitate thestakeholders to extend clear guidance on coverage of legislative requirements, sequenceof procedures for obtaining the EIA clearance and each step-wise provisions andconsiderations.The coverage of the Chapter include provisions in the EIA Notification regardingdistilleries, screening (criteria for categorization of B1 and B2, siting guidelines, etc.),scoping (pre-feasibility report, guidance for filling form 1, identification of valuedenvironmental components, identification of impacts, etc.), arriving at terms of referencefor EIA studies, impact assessment studies (EIA team, assessment of baseline quality ofenvironment, impact prediction tools, significance of impacts), social impact assessment,risk assessment considerations, typical mitigation measures, designing considerations forenvironmental management plan, structure of EIA report for incorporation of studyfindings, process of public consultation, project appraisal, decision making process andpost-clearance monitoring protocol.Chapter 5 (Roles and responsibilities of various organizations involved in theprocess of prior environmental clearance): The purpose of this chapter is to brief thestakeholders on the institutional mechanism and roles & responsibilities of thestakeholders involved in the process of prior environmental clearance. The coverage ofthe chapter include (i) Roles and responsibilities of the stakeholders, (ii) Organizationspecific functions, (iii) Constitution, composition and decision making process of SEIAAand (iv) EAC & SEAC and (v) Other conditions which may be considered.For any given industry, each topic listed above could alone be the subject of a lengthyvolume. However, in order to produce a manageable document, this project focuses onproviding summary information for each topic. This format provides the reader with asynopsis of each issue. Text within each section was researched from many sources, andwas condensed from more detailed sources pertaining to specific topics.The contents of the document are designed with a view to facilitate addressing of therelevant technical and operational issues as mentioned in the earlier section. Besides,facilitates various stakeholders involved in the EIA clearance process i.e.Project proponents will be fully aware of the procedures, common ToR for EIAstudies, timelines, monitoring needs, etc., in order to plan the projects/studiesappropriately.Consultants across India will gain similar understanding about a given sector, andalso the procedure for EIA studies, so that the quality of the EIA reports getsimproved and streamlined.Reviewers across the States/UTs will have the same understanding about an industrialsector and would able to draw a benchmark to establish the significant impacts for thepurpose of prescribing the ToR for EIA studies and also in the process of review andappraisal.Public who are concerned about new or expansion projects, use this manual to get abasic idea about the manufacturing/production details, rejects/wastes from theoperations, choice of cleaner/ control technologies, regulatory requirements, likelyenvironmental and social concerns, mitigation measures, etc., in order to seekclarifications appropriately in the process of public consultation. The proceduralclarity in the document will further strengthen them to understand the stages involvedin clearance and roles and responsibilities of various organizations.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20101-3

IntroductionIn addition, these manuals would substantially ease the pressure on reviewers at thescoping stage and would bring in functional efficiency at the central and state levels.1.2 Project ImplementationThe Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government of India took up the task ofdeveloping sector-specific TGMs for all the developmental activities listed in there-engineered EIA Notification. The Infrastructure Leasing and Financial ServicesEcosmart Limited (IL&FS Ecosmart), has been entrusted with the task of developingthese manuals for 27 industrial and related sectors. Distilleries are one of these sectors,for which this manual is prepared.The ability to design comprehensive EIA studies for specific industries depends on theknowledge of several interrelated topics. Therefore, it requires expert inputs frommultiple dimensions i.e., administrative, project management, technical, scientific, social,economic, risk, etc., in order to comprehensively analyze the issues of concern and todraw logical interpretations. Thus, Ecosmart has designed a well-composedimplementation framework to factor inputs of the experts and stakeholders in the processof finalization of these manuals.The process of manual preparation involved collection & collation of the secondaryavailable information, technical review by sectoral resource persons and critical reviewand finalization by a competent Expert Committee composed of core and sectoral peermembers.The MoEF appreciates the efforts of Ecosmart, Expert Core and Peer Committee,resource persons and all those who have directly and indirectly contributed to thisManual.1.3 Additional InformationThis TGM is brought out by the MoEF to provide clarity to all the stakeholders involvedin the ‘prior environmental clearance’ process. As such, the contents and clarificationsgiven in this document do not withstand in case of a conflict with the statutory provisionsof the Notifications and Executive Orders issued by the MoEF from time-to-time.TGMs are not regulatory documents. Instead, these are the tools designed to assist insuccessful completion of an EIA. For the purpose of this project, the key elementsconsidered under TGMs are: conceptual aspects of EIA; developmental activity-specificinformation; operational aspects; and roles and responsibilities of involved stakeholders.This manual is prepared considering the Notification issued on September 14, 2006 andlatest amendment as on 1 st December, 2009. For recent updates, if any, may please referthe website of the MoEF, Government of India i.e., http://moef.nic.in/index.php.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20101-4

2.CONCEPTUAL FACETS OF EIAIt is an imperative requirement to understand the basic concepts concerned to thepollution control and the environmental impact assessment in an overall objective of thesustainable development. This chapter highlights the pollution control strategies and theirtools besides the objectives, types & principles of EIA, type of impacts their significanceanalysis, in order to provide consistent understanding to the reader before assessing thedevelopment of activity-specific environmental concerns in Chapter 3 and identification& prediction of significant impacts in order to design mitigation measures as detailed inChapter 4.2.1 Environment in EIA context‘Environment’ in EIA context mainly focuses, but is not limited to physical, chemical,biological, geological, social, economical, and aesthetic dimensions along with theircomplex interactions, which affect individuals, communities and ultimately determinestheir forms, character, relationship, and survival. In EIA context, ‘effect’ and ‘impact’can often be used interchangeably. However, ‘impact’ is considered as a value judgmentof the significance of an effect.Sustainable development is built on three basic premises i.e., economic growth,ecological balance and social progress. Economic growth achieved in a way that does notconsider the environmental concerns, will not be sustainable in the long run. Therefore,sustainable development needs careful integration of environmental, economic, and socialneeds in order to achieve both an increased standard of living in short-term, and a net gainor equilibrium among human, natural, and economic resources to support futuregenerations in the long-term.“It is necessary to understand the links between environment and development in order tomake choices for development that will be economically efficient, socially equitable andresponsible, as well as environmentally sound.” Agenda 21Figure 2-1: Inclusive Components of Sustainable DevelopmentTGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-1

Conceptual Facets of EIA2.2 Pollution Control StrategiesPollution control strategies can be broadly categorized in to preventive and reactive. Thereactive strategy refers to the steps that may be applied once the wastes are generated orcontamination of the receiving environment takes place. The control technology or acombination of technologies to minimize the impact due to the process rejects/wastesvaries with quantity and characteristics, desired control efficiency and economics.Many combinations of techniques could be adopted for treatment of a specific waste orthe contaminated receiving environment, but are often judged based on techno-economicfeasibility. Therefore, the best alternative is to take all possible steps to avoid pollutionitself. This preventive approach refers to a hierarchy that involves i) prevention &reduction; ii) recycling and re-use; iii) treatment; and iv) disposal, respectively.Therefore, there is a need to shift the emphasis from the reactive to preventive strategyi.e., to promote preventive environmental management. Preventive environmentalmanagement tools may be grouped into management based tools, process based tools andproduct based tools. A few of them are given below:Management Based Tools Process Based Tools Product Based ToolsEnvironmental ManagementSystem (EMS)Environmental PerformanceEvaluationEnvironmental AuditsEnvironmental Reportingand CommunicationTotal Cost AccountingLaw and PolicyTrade and EnvironmentEnvironmental EconomicsEnvironmental Technology AssessmentToxic Use ReductionBest Operating PracticesEnvironmentally Best PracticeBest Available Technology (BAT)Waste MinimizationPollution PreventionCleaner Production4-R ConceptCleaner TechnologyEco-efficiencyIndustrial EcologyExtended ProducersResponsibilityEco-labelingDesign forEnvironmentLife CycleAssessment (LCA)2.3 Tools for Preventive Environmental ManagementThe tools preventive environmental management can be broadly classified in to followingthree groups.Tools for assessment and analysis - risk assessment, life cycle assessment, total costassessment, environmental audit / statement, environmental benchmarking,environmental indicatorsTools for action - environmental policy, market based economic instruments,innovative funding mechanism, EMS and ISO certification, total environmentalquality movement, eco-labeling, cleaner production, eco-efficiency, industrialecosystem or metabolism, voluntary agreementsTools for communication - state of environment, corporate environmental reportingSpecific tools under each group are discussed precisely in next sections.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-2

Conceptual Facets of EIA2.3.1 Tools for assessment and analysis2.3.1.1 Risk assessmentRisk is associated with the frequency of failure and consequence effect. Predicting suchsituations and evaluation of risk is essential to take appropriate preventive measures. Themajor concern of the assessment is to identify the activities falling in a matrix of high &low frequencies at which the failures occur and the degree of its impact. The highfrequency, low impact activities can be managed by regular maintenance i.e. LDAR(Leak detection and repair) programmes. Whereas, the low frequency, high impactactivities (accidents) are of major concern in terms of risk assessment. As the frequencyis low, often the required precautions are not realized or maintained. However, riskassessment identifies the areas of major concerns which require additional preventivemeasures; likely consequence distances considering domino effects, which will give thepossible casualties and ecological loss in case of accidents. These magnitudes demandthe attention for preventive and disaster management plans (DMP). Thus is an essentialtool to ensure safety of operations2.3.1.2 Life cycle assessmentA broader approach followed to deal with environmental impacts during manufacturing iscalled LCA. This approach recognizes that environmental concerns are associated withevery step of processing w.r.t manufacturing of products and also examinesenvironmental impacts of the product at all stages of project life cycle. LCA includes theproduct design, development, manufacturing, packaging, distribution, usage and disposal.LCA is concerned with reducing environmental impacts at all stages and considering thetotal picture rather than just one stage of production process.Industries/firms may apply this concept to minimize the costs incurred on environmentalconservation throughout the project life cycle.2.3.1.3 Total cost assessmentTotal Cost Assessment (TCA) is an enhanced financial analysis tool that is used to assessthe profitability of alternative courses of action ex. raw material substitution to reduce thecosts of managing the wastes generated by process; an energy retrofit to reduce the costsof energy consumption. This is particularly relevant for pollution prevention options.These options, because of their nature, often produce financial savings that areoverlooked in conventional financial analysis, either because they are misallocated,uncertain, hard to quantify, or occur more than three to five years after the initialinvestment. TCA includes all relevant costs and savings associated with an option so thatit can compete for scarce capital resources fairly, on a level playing field. Theassessments are often beneficial w.r.t the following:Identification of costly resource inefficienciesFinancial analysis of environmental activities/projects such as investment in cleanertechnologiesPrioritization of environmental activities/projectsEvaluation of product mix and product pricingBench marking against the performance of other processes or against the competitorsA comparison of cost assessments is given below:TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-3

Conceptual Facets of EIAConventional cost accounting (CCA): Direct and indirect financial costs+ Recognizedcontingent costsTotal Cost Assessment (TCA): A broader range of direct, indirect, contingent and lessquantifiable costsFull Cost assessment (FCA): TCA + External social costs borne by society2.3.1.4 Environmental audit/statementKey objectives of an environmental audit include compliance verification, problemidentification, environmental impact measurement, environmental performancemeasurement, conforming effectiveness of EMS, providing a database for correctiveactions and future actions, developing company’s environmental strategy, communicationand formulating environmental policy.The MoEF, Government of India (GOI) issued Notification on ‘EnvironmentalStatements’ (ES) in April, 1992 and further amended in April 1993. As per theNotification, the industries are required to submit environmental statements to therespective State Pollution Control Boards (SPCBs). ES is a pro-active tool for selfexaminationof the industry to reduce/minimize pollution by adopting processmodifications, recycling and reusing of the resources. The regular submission of ES willindicate the systematic improvement in environmental pollution control being achievedby the industry. In other way, specific points in ES may be used as environmentalperformance indicators for relative comparison, implementation and to promote betterpractices.2.3.1.5 Environmental benchmarkingEnvironmental performance and operational indicators could be used to navigate, manageand communicate significant aspects and give enough evidence of good environmentalhouse keeping. Besides the existing prescribed standards, an insight to identify theperformance indicators and prescribing schedule for systematic improvement inperformance of these indicators will yield better results.Relative indicators may be identified for different industrial sectors and be integrated incompanies and organizations to monitor and manage different environmental aspects ofthe company, to benchmark and compare two or more companies from the same sector.These could cover water consumption, wastewater generation, energy consumption,solid/hazardous waste generation, chemical consumption etc. per tonne of final product.Once these bench marks are developed, the industries which are below the benchmarkmay be guided and enforced to reach them while those which are better than thebenchmark may be encouraged further by giving incentives etc.2.3.1.6 Environmental indicatorsIndicators can be classified in to environmental performance indicators (EPI) andenvironmental condition indicators (ECI). The EPIs can be further divided into twocategories i.e. operational performance indicators and management performanceindicators.The operational performance indicators are related to the process and other operationalactivities of the organization. These would typically address the issue of raw materialconsumption, energy consumption, water consumption in the organization, the quantitiesTGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-4

Conceptual Facets of EIAof wastewater generated, other solid wastes & emissions generated from the organizationetc.Management performance indicators are related to management efforts to influenceenvironmental performance of organizational operations.The environmental condition indicators provide information about the environment.These indicators provide information about the local, regional, national or globalcondition of the environment. This information helps an organization to understand theenvironmental impacts of its activities and thus help in making decision to improve theenvironmental performance.Indicators are basically used to evaluate environmental performance against the setstandards and thus indicate the direction in which to proceed. Selection of type ofindicators for a firm or project depends upon its relevance, clarity and realistic cost ofcollection and its development.2.3.2 Tools for action2.3.2.1 Environmental policyAn environmental policy is a statement of an organization’s overall aim and principles ofaction w.r.t the environment, including compliance with all relevant regulatoryrequirements. It is a key tool in communicating environmental priorities of theorganization to all its employees. To ensure organization’s commitment towards aformulated environmental policy, it is essential that top management be involved in theprocess of formulating the policy and setting priorities. Therefore, the first step is to getthe commitment from the higher levels of management. The organization should thenconduct an initial environmental review and draft an environmental policy. This draftshould be discussed and approved by the board of directors. The approved environmentalpolicy statement should then be communicated internally among all its employees andshould also be made available to the public.2.3.2.2 Market-based economic instrumentsMarket based instruments are regulations that encourage behavior through market signalsrather than through explicit directives regarding pollution control levels. These policyinstruments such as tradable permits, pollution charge, etc., are often described asharnessing market forces. Market-based instruments can be categorized into four majorcategories, which are discussed below:Pollution charge: Charge system will assess a fee or tax on the amount of pollution afirm or source generates. It is worthwhile for the firm to reduce emissions to thepoint, where its marginal abatement cost are equal to the tax rate. Thus firms controlpollution to different degrees i.e., High cost controllers – less; low-cost controllers –more. The charge system encourages the industries to reduce the pollutants further.The collected charges can form a fund for restoration of the environment. Anotherform of pollution charge is a deposit refund system, where consumers pay a surchargewhen purchasing a potentially polluting product, and receive a refund on return of theproduct after useful life span at appropriate centers. The concept of extendedproducers’ responsibility is brought in to avoid accumulation of dangerous productsin the environment.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-5

Conceptual Facets of EIATradable permits: Under this system, firms that achieve the emission levels belowtheir allotted level may sell the surplus permits. Similarly the firms, which arerequired to spend more to attain the required degree of treatment/allotted levels, canpurchase permits from others at lower costs and may be benefited.Market barrier reductions: Three known market barrier reduction types are asfollows:- Market Creation: Measures that facilitate the voluntary exchange of water rightsand thus promote more efficient allocation of scarce water supplies- Liability Concerns: Encourage firms to consider potential environmental damagesof their decisions- Information Programmes: Ecolabeling and energy- efficiency product labelingrequirementsGovernment subsidy reduction: Subsidies are the mirror images of taxes and, intheory, can provide incentive to address environmental problems. However, it hasbeen reported that the subsidies encourage economically inefficient andenvironmentally unsound practices, and often lead to market distortions due todifferences in area. However, in the national interest, subsidies are important tosustain the expansion of production. In such cases, the subsidy may be comparable tothe net social benefit.2.3.2.3 Innovative funding mechanismThere are many forums under which the fund is made available for the issues which are ofglobal/regional concern (GEF, OECD, Deutch green fund etc.) i.e. climate change, BasalConvention and further fund sources are being explored for the Persistent OrganicPollutants Convention. Besides the global funding mechanism, there needs to belocalized alternative mechanisms for boosting the investment in environmental pollutioncontrol. For example, in India the Government has established mechanism to fund thecommon effluent treatment plants, which are specifically serving the small and mediumscale enterprises i.e. 25% share by the state Government, matching grants from theCentral Government and surety for 25% soft loan. It means that the industries need toinvest only 25% initially, thus encouraging for voluntary compliance.There are some more options i.e. if the pollution tax/charge is imposed on the residualpollution being caused by the industries, municipalities etc., fund will automatically begenerated, which in turn, can be utilized for funding the environmental improvementprogrammes. The emerging concept of build-operate-transfer (BOT) is an encouragingdevelopment, where there is a possibility to generate revenue by application of advancedtechnologies. There are many opportunities, which can be explored. However, what isrequired is the paradigm shift and focused efforts.2.3.2.4 EMS and ISO certificationEMS is that part of the overall management system, which includes the organizationalstructure, responsibilities, practices, procedures, process and resources for determiningand implementing the forms of overall aims, principles of action w.r.t the environment. Itencompasses the totality of organizational, administrative and policy provisions to betaken by a firm to control its environmental influences. Common elements of an EMS arethe identification of the environmental impacts and legal obligations, the development ofTGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-6

Conceptual Facets of EIAa plan for management & improvement, the assignment of the responsibilities andmonitoring of the performance.2.3.2.5 Total environment quality movementQuality is regarded asA product attribute that had to be set at an acceptable level and balanced against thecostSomething delivered by technical systems engineered by experts rather than theorganization as a wholeAssured primarily through the findings and correction of mistakes at the end of theproduction processOne expression of the total environment quality movement (TEQM) is a system ofcontrol called Kaizen. The principles of Kaizen areGoal must be continuous improvement of quality instead of acceptable qualityResponsibility of quality shall be shared by all members of an organizationEfforts should be focused on improving the whole process and design of productsWith some modifications, TQM approach can be applied in improvement of corporateenvironmental performance in both process and product areas.2.3.2.6 Eco-LabelingEco-labelling is the practice of supplying information on the environmentalcharacteristics of a product or service to the general public. These labeling schemes canbe grouped into three types:Type I: Multiple criteria base; third party (Govt. or non-commercial privateorganizations) programme claims overall environmental preferabilityType II: Specific attribute of a product; often issued by a company/industrialassociationType III: Agreed set of indices; provide quantified information; self declarationAmong the above, Type I are more reliable because they are established by a third partyand considers the environmental impacts of a product from cradle to grave. However, thelabeling program will only be effective if linked with complementary program ofconsumer education and up on restriction of umbrella claims by the producers.2.3.2.7 Cleaner productionCleaner production is one of the tools, which has lot of bearing on environmentalpollution control. It is also seen that the approach is changing with time i.e., dumping-tocontrol-to-recycle-to-prevention.Promotion of cleaner production principles involves aninsight into the production processes not only to get desired yield, but also to optimize onraw material consumption i.e. resource conservation and implications of the wastetreatment and disposal.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-7

Conceptual Facets of EIA2.3.2.8 4-R conceptThe concept endorses utilization of wastes as by-product to the extent possible i.e., Recycle,Recover, Reuse, Recharge. Recycling refers to using wastes/by-products in theprocess again as a raw material to maximize production. Recovery refers to engineeringmeans such as solvent extraction, distillation, precipitation, etc., to separate usefulconstituents of wastes, so that these recovered materials can be used. Re-use refers to theutilization of waste from one process as a raw material to other. Recharging is an optionin which the natural systems are used for renovation of waste for further use.2.3.2.9 Eco-efficiencyThe World Business Council on Sustainable Development (WBCSD) defines ecoefficiencyas “the delivery of competitively priced goods and services that satisfy humanneeds and bring quality of life, while progressively reducing ecological impacts andresource intensity throughout the life cycle, to a level at least in line with earth’s carryingcapacity”. The business implements the eco-efficiency on four levels i.e. optimizedprocesses, recycling of wastes, eco-innovation and new services. Fussler (1995) definedsix dimensions of eco efficiency, which are given below to understand/examine thesystem:Mass: There is an opportunity to significantly reduce mass burdens (raw materials,fuels, utilities consumed during the life cycle)Reduce Energy Use: The opportunity is to redesign the product or its use to providesignificant energy savingsReduce Environmental Toxins: This is a concern to the environmental quality andhuman health. The opportunity here is to significantly control the dispersion of toxicelementsRecycle when Practical: Designing for recyclibility is importantWorking with Mother Nature: Materials are borrowed and returned to the naturewithout negatively affecting the balance of the ecosystemMake it Last Longer: It relates to useful life and functions of products. Increasingthe functionality of products also increases their eco efficiencyThe competitiveness among the companies and long-term survival will continue and thesuccessful implementation of eco efficiency will contribute to their success. There is aneed to shift towards responsible consumerism equal to the efficiency gains made bycorporations – doing more with less.2.3.2.10 Industrial ecosystem or metabolismEco-industrial development is a new paradigm for achieving excellence in business andenvironmental performance. It opens up innovative new avenues for managing businessand conducting economic development by creating linkages among local ‘resources’,including businesses, non-profit groups, governments, unions, educational institutions,and communities. They can creatively foster dynamic and responsible growth.Antiquated business strategies based on isolated enterprises are no longer responsiveenough to market, environmental and community requirements.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-8

Conceptual Facets of EIASustainable eco-industrial development looks systematically at development, businessand environment, attempting to stretch the boundaries of current practice - on one level.It is as directly practical as making the right connections between the wastes andresources needed for production and at the other level, it is a whole new way of thinkingabout doing business and interacting with communities. At a most basic level, it is eachorganization seeking higher performance within it self. However, most eco-industrialactivity is moving to a new level by increasing the inter connections between thecompanies.Strategic partnership, networked manufacturing and performed supplier arrangements areall the examples of ways used by the businesses to ensure growth, contain costs and toreach out for new opportunities.For most businesses, the two essentials for success are the responsive markets and accessto cost-effective, quality resources for production or delivering services. In absence ofthese two factors, virtually every other incentive becomes a minor consideration.Transportation issues are important at two levels, the ability to get goods to market in anexpeditious way is essential to success in this day of just in time inventories. The use ofleast impact transportation with due consideration of speed and cost supports businesssuccess and addresses the concerned in community.Eco-industrial development works because it consciously mixes a range of targetedstrategies shaped to the contours of the local community. Most importantly, it worksbecause the community wants nothing less than the best possible in or near theirneighborhood. For companies, it provides a path towards significantly higher operatingresults and positive market presence. For our environment, it provides great hope that thewaste will be transformed into valued product and that the stewardship will be a jointpledge of both businesses and communities.2.3.2.11 Voluntary agreementsVoluntary environmental agreements among the industries, government, publicrepresentatives, NGOs and other concerned towards attaining certain future demands ofthe environment are reported to be successful. Such agreements may be used as a toolwhere Government would like to make the standards stringent in future (phase-wisestringent).These may be used when conditions are temporary and require timelyreplacements. Also these may be used as supplementary/ complimentary inimplementation of the regulation. The agreements may include:Target objectives (emission limit values/standards)Performance objectives (operating procedures)R&D activities – Government and industry may have agreement to establish bettercontrol technologies.Monitoring & reporting of the agreement conditions by other agents (NGOs, publicparticipants, civil authority etc.)In India, the MoEF has organized such programme, popularly known as the corporateresponsibility for environment protection (CREP) considering identified 17 categories ofhigh pollution potential industrial sectors. Publication in this regard, is available withCentral Pollution Control Board (CPCB).TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-9

Conceptual Facets of EIA2.3.3 Tools for communication2.3.3.1 State of environmentThe Government of India has brought out the state of environment report for entirecountry and similar reports are available for many of the states. These reports arepublished at regular intervals to record trends and to identify the required interventions atvarious levels. These reports consider the internationally accepted DPSIR framework forthe presentation of the information. DPSIR refers to D – Driving forces – causes of concern i.e. industries, transportation etc. P – Pressure – pollutants emanating from driving forces i.e. emission S – State – quality of environment i.e. air, water & soil quality I – Impact – Impact on health, ecosystem, materials, biodiversity, economic damageetc. R – Responses – action for cleaner production, policies (includingstandards/guidelines), targets etc.Environment reports including the above elements give a comprehensive picture ofspecific target area in order to take appropriate measures for improvement. Such reportscapture the concerns which could be considered in EIAs.2.3.3.2 Corporate environmental reportingCorporate environmental reports (CERs) are only one form of environmental reportingdefined as publicly available, stand alone reports, issued voluntarily by the industries ontheir environmental activities CER is just a means of environmental improvement andgreater accountability, not an end in itself.Three categories of environmental disclosure are:Involuntary Disclosure: Without its permission and against its will (env. Campaign,press etc.)Mandatory Disclosure: As required by lawVoluntary Disclosure: The disclosure of information on a voluntary basis2.4 Objectives of EIAObjectives of EIA include the following: To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporatedinto the development decision-making process; To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical, socialand other relevant effects of development proposals; To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecologicalprocesses which maintain their functions; and To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well asmanagement opportunitiesTGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-10

Conceptual Facets of EIA2.5 Types of EIAEnvironmental assessments could be classified into four types i.e. strategic environmentalassessment, regional EIA, sectoral EIA and project level EIA. These are preciselydiscussed below:Strategic environmental assessmentStrategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) refers to systematic analysis of theenvironmental effects of development policies, plans, programmes and other proposedstrategic actions. SEA represents a proactive approach to integrating environmentalconsiderations into the higher levels of decision-making – beyond the project level, whenmajor alternatives are still open.Regional EIAEIA in the context of regional planning integrates environmental concerns intodevelopment planning for a geographic region, normally at the sub-country level. Suchan approach is referred to as the economic-cum-environmental (EcE) developmentplanning). This approach facilitates adequate integration of economic development withmanagement of renewable natural resources within the carrying capacity limitation toachieve sustainable development. It fulfils the need for macro-level environmentalintegration, which the project-oriented EIA is unable to address effectively. RegionalEIA addresses the environmental impacts of regional development plans and thus, thecontext for project-level EIA of the subsequent projects, within the region. In addition, ifenvironmental effects are considered at regional level, then cumulative environmentaleffects of all the projects within the region can be accounted.Sectoral EIAInstead of project-level-EIA, an EIA should take place in the context of regional andsectoral level planning. Once sectoral level development plans have the integratedsectoral environmental concerns addressed, the scope of project-level EIA will be quitenarrow. Sectoral EIA will helps in addressing specific environmental problems that maybe encountered in planning and implementing sectoral development projects.Project level EIAProject level EIA refers to the developmental activity in isolation and the impacts that itexerts on the receiving environment. Thus, it may not effectively integrate thecumulative effects of the development in a region.From the above discussion, it is clear that EIA shall be integrated at all the levels i.e.strategic, regional, sectoral and the project level. Whereas, the strategic EIA is astructural change in the way the things are evaluated for decision-making, the regionalEIA refers to substantial information processing and drawing complex inferences. Theproject-level EIA is relatively simple and reaches to meaningful conclusions. Thereforein India, project-level EIA studies take place on an large-scale and are being considered.However, in the re-engineered Notification, provisions have been incorporated for givinga single clearance for the entire industrial estate for e.g., Leather parks, pharma cities etc.,which is a step towards the regional approach.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-11

Conceptual Facets of EIAAs we progress and the resource planning concepts emerge in our decision-makingprocess, the integration of overall regional issues will become part of the impactassessment studies.2.6 Basic EIA PrinciplesBy integrating the environmental impacts of the development activities and theirmitigation early in the project planning cycle, the benefits of EIA could be realized in allstages of a project, from exploration and planning, through construction, operations,decommissioning, and beyond site closure.A properly-conducted-EIA also lessens conflicts by promoting community participation,informing decision makers, and also helps in laying the base for environmentally soundprojects. An EIA should meet at least three core values (EIA Training Resource Manual,UNEP 2002,):Integrity: The EIA process should be fair, objective, unbiased and balancedUtility: The EIA process should provide balanced, credible information for decisionmakingSustainability: The EIA process should result in environmental safeguardsIdeally an EIA process should be:Purposive- should inform decision makers and result in appropriate levels ofenvironmental protection and community well-being.Rigorous- should apply “best practicable” science, employing methodologies andtechniques appropriate to address the problems being investigated.Practical- should result in providing information and acceptable and implementablesolutions for problems faced by proponents.Relevant- should provide sufficient, reliable and usable information for developmentplanning and decision making.Cost-effective-. should impose minimum cost burdens in terms of time and finance onproponents and participants consistent with meeting accepted requirements andobjectives of EIAEfficient- should achieve the objectives of EIA within the limits of availableinformation, time, resources and methodology.Focused- should concentrate on significant environmental effects and key issues; i.e.,the matters that need to be taken into account in making decisions.Adaptive- should be adjusted to the realities, issues and circumstances of theproposals under review without compromising the integrity of the process, and beiterative, incorporating lessons learned throughout the project life cycle.Participative- should provide appropriate opportunities to inform and involve theinterested and affected publics, and their inputs and concerns should be addressedexplicitly in the documentation and decision making.Inter-disciplinary- should ensure that appropriate techniques and experts in relevantbio-physical and socio-economic disciplines are employed, including use oftraditional knowledge as relevant.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-12

Conceptual Facets of EIATemporary or continuousOccurring during construction phase or operational phaseLocal, regional, national or globalAccidental or planned (recognized before hand)Direct (primary) or Indirect (secondary)Cumulative or singleThe category of impacts as stated above, and its significance will facilitate the expertappraisal committee (EAC)/State Level EAC (SEAC) to take a look at the ToR for EIAstudies, as well as, in decision making process about the developmental activity.Figure 2-2: Types of ImpactsThe nature of impacts could fall within three broad classifications i.e,.direct, indirect andcumulative, based on the characteristics of impacts. The assessment of direct, indirectand cumulative impacts should not be considered in isolation or considered as separatestages in the EIA. Ideally, the assessment of such impacts should form an integral part ofall stages of the EIA. The TGM does not recommend a single method to assess the typesof impacts, but suggests a practical framework/approach that can be adapted andcombined to suit a particular project and the nature of impacts.2.8.1 Direct impactsDirect impacts occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental,social, or economic component. For example, a discharge of distilleries or an effluentfrom the Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) from the Distillery units into a river may lead toa decline in water quality in terms of high biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) ordissolved oxygen (DO).2.8.2 Indirect impactsIndirect impacts on the environment are those which are not a direct result of the project,often produced away from or as a result of a complex impact pathway. The indirectimpacts are also known as secondary or even tertiary level impacts. For example,ambient air SO 2 rise due to stack emissions may deposit on land as SO 4 and cause acidicTGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-14

Conceptual Facets of EIAsoils. Another example of indirect impact, is the decline in water quality due to rise intemperature of water bodies receiving cooling water discharge from the nearby industry.This, in turn, may lead to a secondary indirect impact on aquatic flora in that water bodyand may further cause reduction in fish population. Reduction in fishing harvests,affecting the incomes of fishermen is a third level impact. Such impacts are characterizedas socio-economic (third level) impacts. The indirect impacts may also include growthinducingimpacts and other effects related to induced changes to the pattern of land use oradditional road network, population density or growth rate. In the process, air, water andother natural systems including the ecosystem may also be affected.2.8.3 Cumulative impactsCumulative impact consists of an impact that is created as a result of the combination ofthe project evaluated in the EIA together with other projects in the same vicinity causingrelated impacts. These impacts occur when the incremental impact of the project iscombined with the cumulative effects of other past, present and reasonably foreseeablefuture projects. Figure 2-3 depicts the same. Respective EAC may exercise theirdiscretion on a case-by-case basis for considering the cumulative impacts.2.8.4 Induced impactsFigure 2-3: Cumulative ImpactThe cumulative impacts can be due to induced actions of projects and activities that mayoccur if the action under assessment is implemented such as growth-inducing impacts andother effects related to induced changes to the pattern of future land use or additional roadnetwork, population density or growth rate (e.g. excess growth may be induced in thezone of influence around a distillery project, and in the process causing additional effectson air, water and other natural ecosystems). Induced actions may not be officiallyannounced or be a part of any official plan. Increase in workforce and nearbycommunities contributes to this effect.They usually have no direct relationship with the action under assessment, and representthe growth-inducing potential of an action. New roads leading from those constructed fora project, increased recreational activities (e.g., hunting, fishing), and construction of newservice facilities are examples of induced actions.However, the cumulative impacts due to induced development or third level or evensecondary indirect impacts are difficult to be quantified. Because of higher levels ofuncertainties, these impacts cannot normally be assessed over a long time horizon. AnEIA practitioner usually can only guess as to what such induced impacts may be and theTGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-15

Conceptual Facets of EIApossible extent of their implications on the environmental factors. Respective EAC mayexercise their discretion on a case-by-case basis for considering the induced impacts.2.9 Significance of ImpactsThis TGM establishes the significance of impacts first and proceeds to delineate theassociated mitigation measures. So the significance here reflects the “worst-casescenario” before mitigation is applied, and therefore provides an understanding of whatmay happen if mitigation fails or is not as effective as predicted. For establishingsignificance of different impacts, understanding the responses and interaction of theenvironmental system is essential. Hence, the impact interactions and pathways are to beunderstood and established first. Such an understanding will help in the assessmentprocess to quantify the impact as accurately as possible. Complex interactions,particularly in the case of certain indirect or cumulative impacts, may give rise to nonlinearresponses which are often difficult to understand and therefore their significance isdifficult to assess. It is hence understood that indirect or cumulative impacts are morecomplex than the direct impacts. Currently the impact assessments are limited to directimpacts. In case mitigation measures are delineated before determining significance ofthe effect, the significance represents the residual effects.However, the ultimate objective of an EIA is to achieve sustainable development. Thedevelopment process shall invariably cause some residual impacts even afterimplementing an EMP effectively. Environmentalists today are faced with a vital, noteasy-to-answerquestion—“What is the tolerable level of environmental impact within thesustainable development framework?” As such, it has been recognized that everyecosystem has a threshold for absorbing deterioration and a certain capacity for selfregeneration.These thresholds based on concept of carrying capacity are as follows:Waste emissions from a project should be within the assimilative capacity of the localenvironment to absorb without unacceptable degradation of its future wasteabsorptive capacity or other important services.Harvest rates of renewable resource inputs should be within the regenerative capacityof the natural system that generates them; depletion rates of non-renewable inputsshould be equal to the rate at which renewable substitutes are developed by humaninvention and investment.The aim of this model is to curb over-consumption and unacceptable environmentaldegradation. But because of limitation in available scientific basis, this definitionprovides only general guidelines for determining the sustainable use of inputs andoutputs. To establish the level of significance for each identified impact, a three-stageanalysis may be referred:First, an impact is qualified as being either negative or positive.Second, the nature of impacts such as direct, indirect, or cumulative is determinedusing the impact networkThird, a scale is used to determine the severity of the effect; for example, an impact isof low, medium, or high significance.It is not sufficient to simply state the significance of the effect. This determination mustbe justified, coherent and documented, notably by a determination methodology, whichmust be described in the methodology section of the report. There are many recognizedmethodologies to determine the significance of effects.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-16

Conceptual Facets of EIA2.9.1 Criteria/methodology to determine the significance of the identifiedimpactsThe criteria can be determined by answering some questions regarding the factorsaffecting the significance. This will help the EIA stake-holders, the practitioner inparticular, to determine the significance of the identified impacts eventually. Typicalexamples of such factors (one approach reported by Duval and Vonk 1994) include thefollowing:Exceedance of a threshold: Significance may increase if a threshold is exceeded. e.g.Emissions of SO 2 and/or PM10 exceed the permissible threshold.Effectiveness of mitigation: Significance may increase as the effectiveness ofmitigation measures decreases. e.g.,control technologies, which may not assureconsistent compliance to the requirements.Size of study area: Significance may increase as the zone of effects increases e.g.High temperature discharge from a cooling tower in sea may impact the mangroveecology at a distant location.Incremental contribution of effects from action under review: Significance mayincrease as the relative contribution of an action increases.Relative contribution of effects of other actions: Significance may decrease as thesignificance of nearby larger actions increase.Relative rarity of species: Significance may increase as species becomes increasinglyrare or threatened.Significance of local effects: Significance may increase as the significance of localeffects is high.Magnitude of change relative to natural background variability: Significance maydecrease if effects are within natural assimilative capacity or variability.Creation of induced actions: Significance may increase as induced activities alsohighly significant.Degree of existing disturbance: Significance may increase if the surroundingenvironment is pristine:For determining significance of impacts, it is important to remember that secondary andhigher order effects can also occur as a result of a primary interaction between a projectactivity and the local environment. Wherever a primary effect is identified, thepractitioner should always think if secondary or tertiary effects on other aspects of theenvironment could also arise.The EIA should also consider the effects that could arise from the project due to induceddevelopments, which take place as a consequence of the project. Ex Population densityand associated infrastructure and jobs for people attracted to the area by the project. Italso requires consideration of cumulative effects that could arise from a combination ofthe effects due to other projects with those of other existing or planned developments inthe surrounding area. So the necessity to formulate a qualitative checklist is suggested totest significance, in general.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20102-17

Distilleries3.ABOUT DISTILLERIES INCLUDING PROCESS ANDPOLLUTION CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES3.1 IntroductionA distilled beverage, liquor, or spirit is a potable liquid containing ethanol produced bydistillation of fermented grain, fruit, or vegetables. There are about 295 distilleries inIndia, mostly concentrated in Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,Tamil Nadu, Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh. The process of distillation results in release oflarge amounts of waste and wastewater, which have a considerable environmental impactby polluting both water bodies and soil, by causing an adverse climatic effect as well asodour nuisance. The effluent generated from the distillery is highly colored and containshigh organic as well as inorganic substances. The effluents of distillery requirecomprehensive treatment to meet the prescribed standard for disposal into inland water.Distillery is, therefore, one of the highly water polluting industry and is also listed as oneamong the 17 categories of highly polluting industries.Etymology of liquorThe source for ‘liquor’ and its close relative, liquid, come from the Latin verb liquere,meaning ‘to be fluid.’ According to the Oxford English Dictionary (OED), an early useof the word in English, meaning simply ‘a liquid’, can be dated back to 1225. From earlyuse to the mid 1300s ‘liquor’ according to OED was the ‘liquid for drinking’, while it wasreferred as an ‘intoxicating alcoholic drink’ by the 16 th Century.Chemistry of alcoholIn chemistry, alcohol is a general term for any organic compound in which a hydroxylgroup (-OH) is bound to a carbon atom, which in turn may be bound to other carbonatoms and further hydrogens. Ethanol is classified as a primary alcohol, meaning that thecarbon to which its hydroxyl group is attached has at least two hydrogen atoms attachedto it as well.The chemistry of ethanol is largely that of its hydroxyl group. (CH 3 CH 2 OH), the activeingredient in alcoholic drinks, for consumption purposes is always produced byfermentation – the metabolism of carbohydrates – by certain species of yeast in theabsence of oxygen. The process of culturing yeast under alcohol-producing conditions isreferred to as brewing. The same process produces CO 2 in situ, and may be used tocarbonate the drink. However, this method leaves yeast residues and on the industrialscale, carbonation is usually done separately.Drinks with a concentration of more than 50% ethanol by volume (100 US proof) areflammable liquids and easily ignited. Some exotic drinks gain their distinctive flavoursthrough intentional ignition, such as the Flaming Dr. Pepper. Spirits with higher ethanolcontent can be ignited with ease by heating slightly, e.g., adding the spirit to a warmedshot glass.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20103-1

DistilleriesOther alcohols such as propylene glycol and the sugar alcohols may appear in food orbeverages regularly, but these alcohols do not make them alcoholic. Methanol (onecarbon), the propanols (three carbons giving two isomers), and the butanols (four carbons,four isomers) are all commonly found alcohols, and none of these three should ever beconsumed in any form. Alcohols are toxicated into the corresponding aldehydes and theninto the corresponding carboxylic acids. These metabolic products cause a poisoning andacidosis. In the case of other alcohols than ethanol, the aldehydes and carboxylic acidsare poisonous and the acidosis can be lethal. In contrast, fatalities from ethanol aremainly found in extreme doses and related to induction of unconsciousness or chronicaddiction (alcoholism).3.1.1 Industrial distillation process – historyThe first evidence of distillation comes from Babylonia and dates from the 2 ndmillennium BC. Specially-shaped clay pots were used to extract small amounts ofdistilled alcohol through natural cooling for use in perfumes. By the 3 rd century A.D.alchemists in Alexandria, Egypt, may have used an early form of distillation to producealcohol for sublimation or for colouring metal.In 1437 burned water (brandy) was mentioned in the records of the county ofKatzenelnbogen in Germany. It was served in a tall, narrow glass called a ‘goderulffe’Claims upon the origin of specific beverages are controversial, often invoking nationalpride, but they are plausible after the 12 th century A.D., when Irish whisky and Germanbrandy became available. These spirits would have had a much lower alcohol content(about 40% ABV) than the alchemists’ pure distillations, and they were likely firstthought of as medicinal Elixirs. Consumption of distilled beverages rose dramatically inEurope in and after the mid 14 th Century, when distilled liquors were commonly used asremedies for the Black Death. Around 1400 it was discovered how to distill spirits fromwheat, barley, and rye beers; even sawdust was used to make alcohol, a much cheaperoption than grapes. Thus began the ‘national’ drinks of Europe: jenever (Belgium and theNetherlands), gin (England), schnapps (Germany), grappa (Italy), akvavit (Scandinavia),vodka (Russia and Poland), rakia (the Balkans), poitín (Ireland). The actual names onlyemerged in the 16 th Century but the drinks were well-known prior to that date.3.1.2 Ethanol production– world scenarioWorld production of ethanol in 2006 was 51 giga litres (1.3×1010 US gal), with 69% ofthe world supply coming from Brazil and the United States. More than 20% of theBrazilian fleet of cars on the streets is able to use 100% ethanol as fuel, which includesethanol-only engines and flex-fuel engines. Flex-fuel engines in Brazil are able to workwith all ethanol, all gasoline or any mixture of both. In the US flex-fuel vehicles can runon 0% to 85% ethanol (15% gasoline) since higher ethanol blends are not yet allowed.Brazil supports the population of ethanol-burning automobiles with large nationalinfrastructure that produces ethanol from domestically grown sugarcane. Sugarcane notonly has a greater concentration of sucrose than corn (by about 30%), but also is mucheasier to extract. The bagasse generated by the process is not wasted, but is utilized inpower plants as a surprisingly efficient fuel to produce electricity.Figure 3-1 shows the unweighed means of adult per capita consumption across allcountries for total consumption, and beer, wine and spirits separately. Unweighed heremeans that the corresponding population size of countries was not used, and hence eachTGM for Distillery Industry 3-2 August 2010

Distilleriescountry received the same weight. From the total alcohol consumption, close to equalparts are made up of beer, wine and spirits respectively. For all years, the mean adult percapita is 5.1 litres of pure alcohol, of which beer accounts for 1.9 litres, wine 1.3 litresand spirits 1.7 litres.3.2 Indian contextFigure 3-1: Global Per capita Consumption (Unweighed) till 2001There are basically five categories of alcoholic beverages – beer; wine, and Indian MadeForeign Liquor (IMFL), country liquor and toddy. IMFL includes whisky, rum, vodkaand other similar spirits. Country liquor is the indigenous equivalent of IMFL –essentially, flavoured alcohol, with alcohol content somewhat less than the standard forIMFL. Toddy is a mildly fermented juice extracted from palm and may be considered theindigenous equivalent of beer, in terms of alcohol content.An estimated current production of alcoholic beverage industry’s 480 million cases –consisting of country liquor (local spirits such as feni, toddy, and arrack are collectivelycalled country liquor), whisky, brandy, rum, vodka, beer and wine.Wine production is a little above 785,000 cases (twelve 0.75 litre bottles), which isrelatively negligible when compared with the other alcoholic beverages. Though dwarfedin market size and volume by other categories in the alcoholic beverage industry, winehas attracted a great deal of the country’s attention in recent years. The Indian wineindustry, although miniscule in size when compared to other countries worldwide, is in itsinfancy and holds promise buoyed by impressive economic growth and growth of theconsuming class. A compound average growth rate (CAGR) of over 25% over the lastsix years, although from a lower base, has attracted high participation from localentrepreneurs, foreign liquor companies and private equity firms, which has causedincreased local interest in understanding the various growth drivers, industry structure andstrategic decisions shaping the Indian wine industry.The term ‘fermentation industry’ in India, covers a very large number of industries inwhich the reactions with the help of micro organisms is the major feature. Many of theseindustries do not exist in India while only a few fermentation industries are in functionthat too at the rate of only one or two plants in the country. So the Indian fermentationindustry categorized as Maltry, Brewery and Distillery based on either molasses or grain.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-3 August 2010

Distilleriesa) MaltryMalt is produced from grains, usually barley and less commonly wheat or other cereals.The major process steps are steeping, germination and kilning. Steeping is done to cleanthe grain and initiate germination. The operation comprises adding water in adequatequantity, along with certain additives if required. The water is changed two-to-four timesand a total steep cycle of 24-60 hours is employed, as determined by the subjectivejudgement of the maltry depending on a variety of factors, from dormancy of the grain toclimatic conditions. The germination or malting may be done in a variety of ways. InIndia, the common practice is floor malting. In this the steeped grain is put in a couch,and when germination begins, it is spread on the floor for 7-10 days, depending on thenature of the grain and germination conditions. When it is judged that an optimumamount of enzymatic breakdown of the original high molecular weight compounds hastaken place, the green malt is kilned to arrest germination and fix the desirable propertieslike flavour, aroma and viability. The kilning process comprises of initial drying at 30-40°C followed by curing at 70-105 °C.The plant practices that lead to pollution are:Throwing the skimmings from steep vessels on the floor, which are eventuallydrained during floor washing.Spillage of grains during manual transfer from one germination box to another;Spillage of rootletsIn general, the wastewater in open drains of maltries is rich in suspended solids andcreates a characteristic foul odour due to deterioration.b) BreweryIn the breweries, the malt is milled to very coarse flour called ‘grist’, which is thenextracted in water in a process called ‘mashing’. There are three chief methods ofmashing, viz. infusion mashing, decoction mashing and double mashing. In India, thecommon practice is decoction mashing in which, unlike in the other systems, cooking ofthe malted cereal is not involved. The extract from the mashing step, called ‘sweet wort’is fed into ‘Iauter tun’ where about 25-30% of the grain fed for mashing is removed. Thesweet wort is then boiled in the ‘brew kettle’ to arrest the enzymatic action, sterilize it andprecipitate some protein matters. Hops, which impart the characteristics flavour andbitterness to the beer, and sugar are also added in the brew kettle. The spent hops areseparated in a ‘hop jack’ or on a strainer, and the ‘bitter wort’ is passed throughwhirlpools, where it entraps some air and some of the resins are precipitated. The bitterwort is cooled to 10-15°C and fermented by yeast over a period of 6-14 days, the usualcycle in India being 10 days. The ‘green beer’ so obtained is lagered for 1-2 months,during which much of the suspended matter settles down. It is then filtered, bottled andpasteurised.The brewery in general is a clean industry. Most plants are imported and foreign plantpractices are generally followed, as the brew masters are usually trained abroad. In someplants hop extract is used instead of hops, when there are no spent hops to be disposedoff.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-4 August 2010

Distilleriesc) DistilleryIn India, the potable alcohols of different varieties are not made from different feedstock.Practically, all are made by blending suitable colours, flavours, additives, etc., to rectifiedspirit made from the fermentation of molasses. Only a small amount of alcohol is madefrom malt for preparation of whisky. The major quantity of rectified spirit is used forindustrial purposes.i) Distilleries based on cerealsIn the distilleries based on cereals, malt is the starting material and the initial processingsteps are very similar to those in a brewery, except that the mash is not brewed and hopsis not added. Yeast is propagated separately in the medium of malt mash of about 15%solids content and, added to the prepared wort in fermenters, where the alcoholconcentration rises to 6.5 - 8.5% by volume. This beer is distilled in a beer still and thehops, after steam stripping in an aldehyde column, are further fractionated in a rectifyingcolumn to obtain 190° proof alcohol. The bottom discharge from the beer still ispractically free from alcohol but contains other organic and inorganic solids in solution ofabout 6-8% concentration, is called ‘stillage’ and is the major wastewater stream,corresponding to the spent wash from molasses-based distilleries.The plant practices are closely guarded and not much is known about the variations.ii) Distilleries based on molassesMolasses, a by-product of sugar industry is used as raw material by most of the distilleriesfor production of alcohol by fermentation and distillation processes. The molassescontains about 40-50% sugar, which is diluted to bring sugar contents to 10-15% or 20-25° Brix for further fermentation process. The pH is adjusted by addition of sulphuricacid, if necessary.Yeast culture is done in the laboratory and propagated in a series of fermenters, eachabout 10 times larger than the previous one. The diluted molasses is inoculated with about10% by volume of yeast inoculum. In the fermenters the reducible sugars are brokendown to ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide (CO 2 ). The reaction is exothermic and coolingwater is sprayed on the fermenter walls to maintain the temperature at 29 - 32°C. Sludgeis produced and discharged from the bottom, while the clear fermented beer from the topis sent to the degasifying section of the analyser column after the heat exchange with thespent wash to preheat it to about 90°C. In the analyser which is a bubble-Capfractionatingcolumn, the beer IS heated by live steam and fractionated to give a 40%alcohol stream from the top. This stream is further fractionated in the rectifier column toobtain rectified spirit. Part of the rectified spirit is sent back to the column, and thecondensed water from this stage, known as 'spent lees' is usually pumped back to theanalyser column. The bottom discharge from the analyser column is known as the spentwash, which is drained off after heat exchange with the incoming beer from thefermenters.The plant practices are practically uniform throughout the country. In the fermentersection there is no variation which has relevance to aspects of pollution. House keepingpractices regarding wash water collection and sludge disposal vary somewhat. In thedistillation section, a few plants have extra fractionating columns for removal ofaldehydes and fusel oil (Fusel alcohols, also sometimes called fusel oils, or potato oil inEurope, are higher-order alcohols (that is, alcohols with more than two carbon atoms)TGM for Distillery Industry 3-5 August 2010

Distilleriesformed by fermentation and present in cider, mead, beer, wine, and spirits to varyingdegrees), or for production of so-called silent spirits. These, however, have no practicalrelevance to pollution.3.3 Distilling Processes Based on Raw MaterialsIn terms of raw material and process differences, two types of distilleries are in existencein India. Process descriptions of each are discussed in subsequent sections.3.3.1 Distilled liquor based on cerealsSequentially, cereal-based distilleries involve the following major process steps.Milling - Reduction of particle size prior to hydrationCooking - Hydration and gelatinization of starchConversion - Enzymatic hydrolysis of starchFermentation - Production of ethyl alcoholDistillation - Product recoveryThe processes of milling, cooking, conversion and fermentation in cereal baseddistilleries are similar to those followed in breweries with the exception that the brewingstep is not carried out. In these distilleries, mashing, which includes cooking andconversion as in the case of breweries, is carried out in different types of mash tuns whichare large cookers. Conversion of grain and malt occurs at a temperature of 50-70°C.Requirement of water during cooking is 5-7 L/kg of grain and that during malt slurrypreparation is 8-9 L/kg of malt.Mashing normally takes between 2.5 and 3 hours, at the end of which, the mash is cooledto a temperature of 25-30 o C and transferred to fermenters where it is inoculated withcultured yeast.Preparation of yeast for inoculation of the fermenters is done initially in the laboratoryand the yeast population is grown in successively increasing stages in the plant wheremalt mash of about 15% solid concentration is inoculated in each stage with 2 to 5% byvolume of culture from the preceding stage. Each inoculation stage lasts for about 24hours. The final composition in the main fermenters is generally maintained at 8-12 L ofwater for every kg of grain processed.The fermented beer which contains 6.5 to 8.5% ABV is pumped into the upper section ofthe beer still (distillation column). Direct steam, entering the bottom of this column,strips the alcohol from the beer and passes into another distillation column known as thealdehyde column where it is again steam stripped and the main stream of alcohol at lowproof is pumped from the base of the aldehyde column into the rectifying column forfurther purification. Alcohol of about 190° proof is drawn from the top of the rectifiercolumn while water is discharged from its base.Fusel oil is a by-product withdrawn three or four plates above the feed point in thealdehyde column and constitutes about 10% of the product stream. The lighter fractions,known as the heads and consisting mainly of aldehyde, esters, etc., are withdrawn fromthe top of this column and constitute about 5% of the product stream.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-6 August 2010

DistilleriesThe beer, free from alcohol but containing other inorganic and organic solids in solution,is discharged from the base of the beer still. This stream is commonly known as stillageand contains 6-8% solids. Stillage is the source of recovery for distillers’ grain in mostdistilleries abroad.3.3.2 Distilled liquor based on molassesIn general the layout of most distilleries is similar and can be divided into two broadsections. The first section houses laboratory; yeast propagation vessels, diluters,pre-fermenters and fermentation vessels. The second section houses all the distillationcolumns condensers and heat exchangers.The first section generally has two floors with equipment like diluter, pre-fermenters, etc.,and laboratory placed on the first. Fermentation vessels are laid on the ground floor withtheir tops extending about 1.5 m into the first floor. The ground floor of the fermenter isusually wet because of the cooling water sprayed on the outer walls of the fermenters.This water splashes on the floor and flows out through open channels on the floor alongwith fermenter sludge and wash water.The yeast propagation vessels are generally closed reactors where strict temperaturecontrol is maintained. The diluter in most of the distilleries is of continuous type wherethe molasses and water streams are pumped into two coaxial tubes in a closed vessel. Thetwo streams get thoroughly mixed by the high turbulence before they flow into thefermenters. A single diluter with a diameter of about 300-400 m, an overall height ofabout 3,0000101 and a capacity of about 15,000 to 30,000 L of diluted molasses per houris commonly used for continuous dilution. Generally, the continuous diluter is cleanedonce in a day with water and steam. There is no process waste stream produced fromyeast propagation vessels, diluter and pre-fermenters except the wash waters used forcleaning after processing cycles. Most of the distilleries have open top fermenters whereCO 2 is generally not recovered. Table 3-1 presents information regarding the capacitiesof total number of vessels and vessels processed per day in some of the distilleries in thecountry.Table 3-1: Capacity of Fermentation Vessels in DistilleriesS.No.InstalledCapacity ofthe Unit in kLType ofDiluter inuseNo. ofFermentersCapacity ofFermenters inCubic MetresNo. of Fermenterdischarges perday1 7,500 Continuous 5 5 x 90 32 8,864 Continuous 10 10 x 180 33 12,000 Continuous 10 10 x 140 64 5,345 Batch 16 900 (Total) 75 1,881 Batch 18 10 to18 (each) 86 2,970 Batch 12 12 x 17 87 2,175 Batch 4 4 x 60 1-28 9,000 Continuous 12 12 x 105 69 9,228 Continuous 17 8 x 654 x 75 &5 x 11010-12TGM for Distillery Industry 3-7 August 2010

DistilleriesS.No.InstalledCapacity ofthe Unit in kLType ofDiluter inuseNo. ofFermenters10 5,700 Continuous 8 6 x 90Capacity ofFermenters inCubic Metres2 x 10011 6,800 Continuous 9 5 x 5033No. of Fermenterdischarges perday4 x 15Water useWater used in molasses-based distilleries are:Process Application- Yeast propagation- Preparation of molasses for fermentation- Water (as steam) required for distillationNon-process Applications- Cooling water- Treated water for making potable liquor (IMFL) and for boiler use- Water and steam required for washingTable 3-2 gives the range and average water used in the various applications mentionedabove. On an average, the total water requirement is 85 m 3 /k of RS plus about 50 m 3 /dayof soft treated water. For a distillery of 5,000 kL per annum capacity this will work out toabout 90 m 3 /kL of RS produced. The basis of the figures is also mentioned in thefollowing table:Table 3-2: Process & Non-Process Application of Water for Molasses BasedDistilleriesUsem 3 of rectified spiritproduced (Range)AverageBasis & RemarksA. PROCESS APPLICATIONSYeast propagation 1.0-1.4 1.3 Data collected from 10distilleriesPreparationMolasses forofWater (as steam)required for distillationNON-PROCESS APPLICATIONCooling water for:5-6 5.5 Data collected from 12Distilleries2-2.5 2.25 Data from 10 distilleries andliterature & energy balancecalculationsa) Fermenter 1-2 1.5 Data from 10 distilleries; widevariation probably due todifferent ambient temperature atdistillery locationb) Condensers 5-10 7.5Treated water for 1-2 m 3 /case 1.5 Figures could not be given in ofTGM for Distillery Industry 3-8 August 2010

DistilleriesUsemaking IMFL and forBoiler usem 3 of rectified spiritproduced (Range)Wash water 0.1-0.2/case 0.15Water (as steam) forsterilizing vesselsAverageBasis & Remarksrectified spirit due to variedproduct mix of the distilleries0.15 0.15 Based on data collected from 15distilleriesThe material balance for one kL RS batch process of the distillery unit is illustrated in thefollowing Table 3-3.Table 3-3: Material Balance for One kL of Rectified Spirit (Batch process)Raw material (MT)Products/waste (MT)Input Continuous Batch Output Continuous BatchMolasses 3.57 4.237 RSDilutionWater8.0 12.267(1.0 kL)Steam 2.2 2.50 Spent washContinuousBatch0.789 0.78910.40 15.60Yeast Nil 0.00258 10.0 kL 15.0 kLUrea 0.00050 0.00057 Spent Lees 1.50 1.70Antifoam 0.00080 0.00087 Fermenterwashings0.05 0.15FermenterWashingsFermenterCooling Water0.05 0.15 Yeast sludge 0.01 0.03750.2 0.2 CO 2 0.754 0.75414.0213 19.3580 13.503 19.0305Balance =0.5183 MTBalance=0.1275MTWastewaterThe major sources of wastewater for molasses based distilleries are:Process waste streams- Spent wash from the analyser column- Fermenter sludge- Spent lees from the rectifierNon-process waste streamsTGM for Distillery Industry 3-9 August 2010

Distilleries- Cooling water- Waste wash water- Water treatment plant wastewater- Boiler blow down- Bottling plant wash wastewater- Other wastesTable 3-4 gives the process waste streams quantity for 16 distilleries. Also indicated inthe table is whether the spent lees is recycled or not. A typical analysis of spent washwith ranges is indicated in Table 3-5, and Table 3-6 gives a typical analysis of thefermenter sludge.Table 3-4: Process Stream Discharge from Distilleries Based on MolassesS.NoManufacturingProcessUnitFermenterSludgeSpentwashSpentleese1. Batch kL per kLR.S2. Continuous kL per kLR.S3. Biostil kL per kLR.SNote:0.03 14 - 15 1 – 1.50.01 -0.015 10 -12 1 – 1.50.005 – 0.008 07 - 09 0.5 – 1.0Spent leese are recirculated depending on the end use of R.STable 3-5: Characteristics of Spent WashS. No. Characteristics Range1 pH 4.3-5.32 Total Solids 60,000-90,0003 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 2,000-14,0004 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 67,000-73,0005 Total Volatile Solids (TVS) 45000-650006 COD 70000-980007 BOD 45000-600008 Total Nitrogen as (N) 1000-12009 Potash as (K 2 O) 5000-1200010 Phosphate as (PO 4 ) 500-150011 Sodium as (Na) 150-20012 Chlorides as (CI) 5000-800013 Sulphates as (SO 4 ) 2000-500014 Acidity as (CaCO 3 ) 8000-1600015 Temperature (After Heat Exchange) 70 O C-80 O CSource: COINDS for Fermentation Industry, CPCBTGM for Distillery Industry 3-10 August 2010

DistilleriesTable 3-6: Important Components of Dried Fermenter’s SludgeS.No. Item Content (% by Weight)1 Moisture Content at (100°C) 4.142 Protein Content as (6.25 x N) 12.543 Acid Insoluble Matter 3.934 Mixed Oxide of Iron & Aluminum as (R 2 0 3 ) 1.235 Calcium Carbonate as (CaC0 3 ) 8.896 Calcium Sulphate as (CaSO 4 ) 40.027 Calcium Phosphate as (Ca3(P0 4 ) 2 ) 1.108 Magnesium Salts Traces9 Sodium Sulphate (Na 2 S0 4 ) 0.5710 Potassium Sulphate (K 2 S0 4 ) 0.61The total volume of wastewater discharged is about 90 kL/kL of RS produced wherecooling water base is once through. Whereas the total volume of wastewater wherecooling water is recycled is of the order of 47 kL/kL of RS produced. Figure 3-2 givesthe water material balance for a typical distillery based on molasses. Table 3-7 givesquantity of wastewater for different processing units of a molasses based distillery.Table 3-7: Quantity and Characteristics of Process WastewaterS.No.SourceFlow inkL/kL of RSBOD SS Type ofFlowmg/Lkg/kL ofRSmg/Lkg/kLof RS1 Spent Wash fromAnalyzer Column10.0 500002 Fermenter Sludge 0.05 1250003 Spent Lees fromRectifier4 Fermenter CoolingWater500 12000 120 Continuous6.25 50000 2.5 Intermittent1.0 500 0.50 16000 16.0 Continuous(Recycled)2.0 100-2005 Wash Water Fermenter (3500 as)6 Condenser Cooling Water0.40 500 1.0Not Recycled 50.0 - - - - -do-Recycled 2.5 - - - - Intermittent7 Boiler Slowdown O 15 - - - - -do-8 Water Treatment plant 2. 1 - - - - -do-9 Bottling Plant Washwater2.8 100 0.28 200 0.56 ContinuousTGM for Distillery Industry 3-11 August 2010

DistilleriesFigure 3-2: Water Balance for a Distillery - Model Case3.4 Process of Distilleries Based on Molasses3.4.1 AlcoholIn India, alcohol is manufactured by two processes:Batch processContinuous processa) Batch processThe molasses obtained from the sugar industry is first diluted to bring down theconcentration of sugar from 40–45% to 10–15%. Using a portion of the diluted molassesa yeast culture is developed from an inoculum. After 4 - 6 hours, when the culture hasdeveloped fully, the remaining molasses is mixed and allowed to ferment for 30–40hours. The pH is maintained around 4-4.5 by addition of sulphuric acid. As the reactionis exothermic, the contents of the fermentation tank are kept at 35-37 o C by constantlysprinkling cold water on the outer surface of the fermentation tank.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-12 August 2010

DistilleriesAfter fermentation is complete the yeast sludge is removed from the bottom and thefermenter wash is pumped to the analyzer column for distillation using steam. Themixture of alcohol vapours and steam is collected at the top of the column and alcoholfreespent wash is discharged from the bottom.The alcohol and the steam stream are fed to rectification column where water and alcoholvapours condense at different levels and rectified spirit is withdrawn. The condensedwater from this stage is called spent lees and forms another waste stream.b) Continuous processIn this process yeast is recycled. Fermentation and distillation is coupled to get acontinuous supply of fermented beer for the distillation column. The advantage of theprocess is that a highly active yeast cell initiates the fermentation rapidly and the alcoholyield is also much higher compared to the batch process.Bio-still process is one of the continuous processes, which is a trade name in whichmolasses is fed to the fermenter at a constant flow rate. The flow rate of molasses iscontrolled to maintain the sugar and alcohol concentrations in the wash at 0.2% or lowerand 6-7% respectively.The waste streams comprise spent wash which is the main source of wastewater, spentlees and yeast sludge. Spent lees is usually mixed with the spent wash. The yeast sludgeis disposed separately after drying. In addition wastewater may be generated from thebottling, fermentation tank cooling and washing and utility sections of the plant, which isused as a diluent for the treated spent wash,The following Table 3-8 gives the characteristics of spent wash generated from the threetypes of manufacturing processes. It is seen that while the spent wash generated per litreof alcohol production is less when continuous and Bio-still processes are used. Incomparison to these two, the spent wash produced from the Batch processes is moreconcentrated.Table 3-8: Characteristics of Spent Wash from Various Types of ManufacturingProcessS.No Parameter Batch Process Continuous Process Bio-still Process1 Volume, L/L alcohol 14 – 15 10 – 12 7 – 92 Color Dark brown Dark brown Dark brown3 pH 3.7 – 4.5 4.0 – 4.3 4.0 – 4.24 COD 80000-100000 110000 – 130000 140000 – 160000 mg/L5 BOD 45000 – 50000 55000 – 65000 60000 – 70000 mg/L6 SolidsTotal 90000 – 120000 130000 - 160000 160000 – 210000 mg/LTotal volatile 60000 – 70000 60000 – 75000 80000 – 90000 mg/LInorganic dissolved 30000 – 40000 35000 – 45000 60000 – 90000 mg/L7 Chlorides 5000- 6000 6000 – 7500 10000 – 12000 mg/L8 Sulphates 4000 – 8000 4500 – 8500 8000 – 10000 mg/L9 Total Nitrogen 1000 – 1200 1000 – 1400 2000 – 2500 mg/L10 Potassium 8000 – 12000 10000 – 14000 20000 – 22000 mg/LTGM for Distillery Industry 3-13 August 2010

Distilleries11 Phosphorous 200 – 300 300 – 500 1600 – 2000 mg/L12 Sodium 400 – 600 1400 – 1500 1200 – 1500 mg/L13 Calcium 2000 – 3500 4500 – 6000 5000 – 6500 mg/LSource: Draft report prepared on “Development of Methodology for Environmental Auditing” byDr. B. Subba Rao of EPRF, Sangli, for CPCB.The spent lees obtained from the bottom of the rectification column after separation ofalcohol is about 2% of the spent wash, the characteristics of spent lees is given in thefollowing Table 3-9.Table 3-9: Characteristics of Spent LeesS.No Parameter Range1 pH 3.6 – 4.52 COD 5000 - 6000 mg/L3 BOD 200 – 300 mg/L4 Total SolidsDissolved SolidsSuspended Solids5000 – 6000 mg/L500 – 1000 mg/L5 Chlorides 50 – 100 mg/LSource: Draft report prepared on “Development of Methodology for Environmental Auditing” byDr. B. Subba Rao of EPRF, Sangli, for CPCB3.4.2 Rectified spiritMolasses-based distilleries are more common in India. The main process steps in thisoperation are graphically shown in Figure 3-3 and listed below. However, the detaileddescription of the manufacturing process for rectified spirit is given in Annexure I.Dilution - Preparation of molasses for fermentationFermentation - Production of alcohol from fermentable sugars in molasses solutionDistillation - Product recoveryDilutionMolasses available from Indian sugar mills has a solid content varying between 76 and90% while the total sugar content varies between 45 and 55%.The main dilution operation occurs in a diluter where the solid concentration is broughtdown to 20-25° Brix. The bulk of this diluted molasses is fed to the fermentation tankwhile a small quantity is further diluted to 10-15° Brix and used for preparation of thefinal yeast inoculum. Propagation of yeast for the final inoculation is done in successivestages in volumes of 10, 100, 1000 and 10,000 litres where, in each stage, 10 parts ofdiluted molasses is inoculated with 1 part of yeast culture.FermentationFermentation in the fermentation tank continues for about 30 to 45 hours after the finalinoculum is added to it. The basic reaction in the fermentation process is exothermic.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-14 August 2010

DistilleriesSince the reaction is exothermic and proper growth of yeast requires a narrow temperaturerange, water is sprayed on the outer walls of the fermentation tank to maintain thetemperature between 25°C and 32°C.Fermented beer – the main product of this step is decanted and the remaining sludgeknown as fermenter sludge is discharged from the bottom of the fermenters. The sludgeamounts to about 300 to 400 litres (l) per kilolitre (kL) of rectified spirit produced, and isone of the major contributors to the pollution load from distilleries.DistillationThe fermented beer from the fermenter vessel is preheated to about 90°C by heatexchange with the spent wash flow from the analyzer column and is then fed into thedegasifying section of the analyzer column. Low boiling content of the fermented beersuch as organic acids, esters and aldehydes along with some alcohol vapours arecondensed in the aldehyde condensers. Purified wash from the bottom of the degasifyingsection enters the top of the analyzer column for steam stripping of alcohol whichcondenses at the top of the column as 40% alcohol. The down coming discharge fromthis column is spent wash.The 40% alcohol stream from the top of the analyzer column is next fed to the bottom ofthe rectification column where it is maintained at a temperature of about 95° to 100°C.Water and alcohol vapour condense at different levels in this column and rectified spiritof an equilibrium boiling composition (95%) is withdrawn. Of this rectified spirit, a partis fed back into the column. Spent lees, produced at this step are usually pumped back tothe analyzer column. The volume of spent lees is about 1-1.5 kL/kL of rectified spiritproduced.Figure 3-3: Process Block Diagram of Distillery (Molasses Based)TGM for Distillery Industry 3-15 August 2010

Distilleries3.5 EthanolEthanol is produced both as a petrochemical, through the hydration of ethylene, andbiologically, by fermenting sugars with yeast. Determining the most economical amongthe products depends upon the prevailing prices of petroleum and of grain feedstock.This EIA manual focuses on the fermentation process of alcohols production. Summaryof both the processes is given below.Ethylene Hydration: Ethanol for use as industrial feedstock is most often made frompetrochemical feedstock, typically by the acid-catalyzed hydration of ethylene,represented by the chemical equationC 2 H 4 (g) + H 2 O (g) CH 3 CH 2 OH (l)The catalyst is most commonly phosphoric acid, adsorbed onto a porous support such asdiatomaceous earth or charcoal. This catalyst was first used for large-scale ethanolproduction by the Shell Oil Company in 1947. The reaction is carried out with an excessof high pressure steam at 300°C.In an older process, first practiced on the industrial scale in 1930 by Union Carbide, butnow almost entirely obsolete, ethylene was hydrated indirectly by reacting it withconcentrated sulphuric acid to produce ethyl sulfate, which was then hydrolyzed to yieldethanol and regenerate the sulfuric acid:C 2 H 4 + H 2 SO 4 CH 3 CH 2 SO 4 HCH 3 CH 2 SO 4 H + H 2 O CH 3 CH 2 OH + H 2 SO 4Ethanol by Fermentation: Ethanol for use in alcoholic beverages, and the vast majorityof ethanol for use as fuel, is produced by fermentation. When certain species of yeast(e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae) metabolize sugar in the absence of oxygen, theyproduce ethanol and CO 2 . The chemical equation below summarizes the conversion:C 6 H 12 O 6 2CH 3 CH 2 OH + 2CO 2Ethanol's toxicity to yeast limits the ethanol concentration obtainable by brewing. Themost ethanol-tolerant strains of yeast can survive up to approximately 15% ethanol byvolume.The fermentation process must exclude oxygen. If oxygen is present, yeast undergoesaerobic respiration which produces CO 2 and water rather than ethanol.In order to produce ethanol from starchy materials such as cereal grains, the starch mustfirst be converted into sugars. In brewing beer, this has traditionally been accomplishedby allowing the grain to germinate, or malt, which produces the enzyme, amylase. Whenthe malted grain is mashed, the amylase converts the remaining starches into sugars. Forfuel ethanol, the hydrolysis of starch into glucose can be accomplished more rapidly bytreatment with dilute sulphuric acid, fungally produced amylase, or some combination ofthe two.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-16 August 2010

Distilleries3.5.1 Cellulosic ethanolSugars for ethanol fermentation can be obtained from cellulose. Until recently; however,the cost of the cellulose enzymes capable of hydrolyzing cellulose has been prohibitive.The Canadian firm Iogen brought the first cellulose-based ethanol plant on-stream in2004. Its primary consumer so far has been the Canadian government, which, along withthe United States Department of Energy, has invested heavily in the commercialization ofcellulosic ethanol. Deployment of this technology could turn a number of cellulosecontainingagricultural by-products, such as corncobs, straw, and sawdust, into renewableenergy resources. Other enzyme companies are developing genetically engineered fungithat produce large volumes of cellulase, xylanase, and hemicellulase enzymes. Thesewould convert agricultural residues such as corn stover, wheat straw, and sugarcanebagasse and energy crops such as switch grass into fermentable sugars.Cellulose-bearing materials typically also contain other polysaccharides, includinghemicellulose. When hydrolyzed, hemicellulose decomposes into mostly five-carbonsugars such as xylose. S.cerevisiae, the yeast most commonly used for ethanolproduction, cannot metabolize xylose. Other yeasts and bacteria are under investigationto ferment xylose and other pentoses into ethanol.The anaerobic bacterium Clostridium ljungdahlii, recently discovered in commercialchicken yard wastes, can produce ethanol from single-carbon sources including synthesisgas, a mixture of carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrogen that can be generated from thepartial combustion of either fossil fuels or biomass. Use of these bacteria to produceethanol from synthesis gas has progressed to the pilot plant stage at the BRI Energyfacility in Fayetteville, Arkansas.Another prospective technology is the closed-loop ethanol plant. Ethanol produced fromcorn has a number of critics who suggest that it is primarily just recycled fossil fuelsbecause of the energy required to grow the grain and convert it into ethanol. There is alsothe issue of competition with use of corn for food production. However, the closed-loopethanol plant attempts to address this criticism. In a closed-loop plant, the energy for thedistillation comes from fermented manure, produced from cattle that have been fed theby-products from the distillation. The leftover manure is then used to fertilize the soilused to grow the grain. Such a process is expected to lower the fossil fuel consumptionused during conversion to ethanol by 75%. Although energy can be created from thecollection of methane from livestock manure, this can be mutually exclusive to theproduction of ethanol and should not be tagged on to it to make ethanol production seemmore efficient or environmentally friendly.Though, in an early stage of research, there is some development of alternative productionmethods that use feedstock such as municipal waste or recycled products, rice hulls,sugarcane bagasse, small diameter trees, wood chips, and switch grass.3.5.2 Grades of ethanolDenatured Alcohol: Pure ethanol and alcoholic beverages are heavily taxed, but ethanolhas many uses that do not involve consumption by humans. To relieve the tax burden onthese uses, most jurisdictions waive the tax when an agent has been added to the ethanolto render it unfit to drink. These include bittering agents such as denatonium benzoateand toxins such as methanol, naphtha, and pyridine. Products of this kind are calleddenatured alcohol.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-17 August 2010

DistilleriesAbsolute Ethanol: Absolute or anhydrous alcohol generally refers to purified ethanol,containing no more than 1% water. Absolute alcohol not intended for humanconsumption often contains trace amounts of toxic benzene (used to remove water byazeotropic distillation). Consumption of this form of ethanol can be fatal over a shorttime period. Generally this kind of ethanol is used as solvents for lab and industrialsettings where water will disrupt a desired reaction.Pure ethanol: This is classed as 200 proof in the USA, equivalent to 175 o proof in theUK system.3.5.3 Sequence of steps for production of ethanolEthanol is the final end product of three processes namelyFermentation ProcessDistillation Process andDehydration ProcessA. Fermentation processFigure 3-4: Block Flow Diagram of Ethanol PlantEthanol can be made by the fermentation of sugars. Simple sugars such as sugarcanejuice or molasses are the raw material. Zymase, an enzyme from yeast, changes thesimple sugars into ethanol and CO 2 . The enzymatic reaction carried over by the yeast infermentation produces mainly ethanol, CO 2 and heat. The fermentation reaction isactually very complex. The impure culture of yeast produces varying amounts of othersubstances, including glycerin, methanol and various organic acids.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-18 August 2010

DistilleriesFigure 3-5: Preliminary Process Flow Sheet Depicting Fermentation of MolassesB. Distillation processEthanol produced by fermentation ranges in concentration from a few percent up to about14 percent; the rest being water and other components. The boiling point of ethanol(78.4°C) is significantly lower than the boiling point of water (100°C). These materialscannot be separated completely by distillation. Instead, an azeotropic mixture (i.e. amixture of 96% ethanol and 4% water) is obtained. Azeotropic mixture of alcohol cannotbe further concentrated by distillation. Distillation is used to produce Rectified Spirit(RS).Figure 3-6: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Distillation of EthanolC. Dehydration of alcoholPure alcohol can't be obtained from distillation since it forms azeotrope with water at 96%(v/v). Fuel ethanol or absolute alcohol is produced by dehydration of RS. Commerciallyavailable technologies for dehydration of RS are:Azeotropic DistillationMolecular Seive TechnologyTGM for Distillery Industry 3-19 August 2010

Distilleriesi. Azeotropic distillation methodTo dehydrate ethanol from azeotropic concentration, a third substance called Entrainer(trichloro ethylene, benzene, toluene, cyclo-hexane etc.) is added to the mixture ofethanol and water. Entrainer breaks the azeotropic point of ethanol and water, i.e., italters the relative volatility of water making it more volatile. The ternary azeotropicmixture, formed at the top of dehydration column, allows the removal of water and thusdehydrates alcohol. The azeotropic mixture is heterogeneous and the ‘heavy’ phase,which is high in water content, is extracted by decantation. The regeneration columnallows water extraction from the ‘heavy’ phase and entrainer recyclingFigure 3-7: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Azeotropic Distillation Processii. Molecular sieve technologyMolecular sieve technology works on the principle of Pressure Swing Adsorption (PSA).Here water is removed by adsorption on surface of ‘molecular sieves’ under pressure andthen cyclically removed it under low pressure at different conditions. This process carriesout dehydration of mixed ethanol and water by adsorption of water into zeolite balls,which are molecular sieves. The dehydration unit operates with two adsorbers accordingto alternate steps of adsorption and desorption. Adsorption occurs in the vapour phaseand under pressure. Desorption regenerates water saturated molecular sieves. This step isperformed under vacuum. Part of the dehydrated alcohol is used for the molecular sievedesorption. Alcoholic effluent from desorption is regenerated within the distillationcolumn.Figure 3-8: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Molecular Seive Dehydration ProcessOptimum Energy Utilization; Enhancement in Plant capacity; Fully automatic operationTGM for Distillery Industry 3-20 August 2010

Distilleries3.6 Raw Material Inputs in the Production LineThe fermentation industry includes the production of malt beverages (beer); wines;brandy and brandy spirits; distilled spirits; and the secondary products of all of theseindustries. The most commonly produced distilled spirits for beverage purposes includewhiskies, gins, vodkas, rums, and brandies.3.6.1.1 Raw materials of alcoholic beveragesThe names of some beverages are determined by the source of the material fermented. Ingeneral, a beverage fermented from a starch-heavy source (grain or potato), in which thestarch must first be broken down into sugars (by malting, for example), will be called abeer; if the mash is distilled, the product is a spirit. Wine is made from fermented grapes.GrainsBrandy and wine are made only from grapes. If an alcoholic beverage is made fromanother kind of fruit, it is distinguished as fruit brandy or fruit wine. The variety of fruitmust be specified, viz. ‘cherry brandy’ or ‘plum wine.’Beer is generally made from barley, but can sometimes contain a mix of other grains.Whisky (or whiskey) is sometimes made from a blend of different grains, especially Irishwhisky which may contain several different grains. The style of whisky (scotch, rye,bourbon, corn) generally determines the primary grain used, with additional grainsusually added to the blend (most often barley, and sometimes oats). As far as Americanwhisky is concerned, bourbon (corn), and rye whisky, must be at least 51% of respectiveconstituent at fermentation, while corn whisky (as opposed to bourbon) must be at least81%—all by American law similar to the French AOC (Appellation d'Origine Controlée).Two common distilled beverages are vodka and gin. Vodka can be distilled from anysource of agricultural origin (grain and potatoes being the most common), but the maincharacteristic of vodka is that it is so thoroughly distilled as to exhibit less of the flavoursderived from its source material. Some distillers and experts; however, may disagree,arguing that potato vodkas display a creamy mouth feel, while rye vodkas will haveheavy nuances of rye. Other vodkas may display citrus notes. Gin is a similar distillate,which has been flavoured by contact with herbs and other plant products—especiallyjuniper berries, but also including angel root, licorice, cardamom, grains of paradise,Bulgarian rose petals, and many others.Applejack is an example of a drink originally made by freeze distillation, which is easy todo in cold climates. Although both distillation and freeze distillation reduce the watercontent, they are not equivalent, because freeze distillation concentrates poisonous higher.3.6.1.2 Raw materials for brewing industryResources consumed by the brewing industry include water, energy and grist materials(barley, corn and rice), adjuncts and auxiliary materials such as Kieselguhr, caustic sodaand detergents. Adjuncts are used to reduce the costs of production, to adjust the balancein the composition of the wort, and to produce (if desired) a ‘lighter’ beer (UNEP, 1995).The production of one hectolitre of normal lager beer requires about 15 kilograms (kg) ofmalt and adjunct. The adjunct content does not exceed 30% of the brewing material.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-21 August 2010

DistilleriesHops are added to the beer to give it a bitter taste and a pleasing aroma. It can be addedin the form of natural hops, or more commonly, as hop extract or powder.WaterBrewing is a water-intensive process and large amounts of water are consumed in theproduction of beer and wine for the following processes:CoolingCleaning of packaging material (e.g., bottle washing)PasteurizationRinsing and cleaning of process equipmentSteeping, mashing, sparging, etc. (typically 5 cubic metres (m 3 ) of water is used toproduce one tonne of malted barley)Cleaning of floors and equipmentSoap lubricant on conveyors in the packaging areaVacuum pump for filler; andFlushing of fillerIn a study of water and wastewater management in the breweries of South Africa, it was(BPCE, 1986) reported that the specific water intake (SWI) in the brewing process rangedfrom 5.5-8.8 m 3 of water per m 3 of beer produced, with a typical value of 6.65 m 3 /m 3 . Afurther breakdown of the usage into the main water-consuming areas is provided below.Water consumption generally ranges from 4-10 hL /hL beer depending on the packagingand pasteurizing process, the age of the plant and the type of equipment. Furthermore,raw water temperature will affect water consumption, as water is often used as a coolingmedium. A recent study at Heineken determined that breakdown of water use in abrewery (6.5 (hectoliter) hL/hL beer) was as follows (UNEP, 1995):Raw material 1.3 hL /hLCleaning 2.9 hL /hLCooling water 0.7 hL /hLOther (domestic, losses) 1.6 hL /hLHowever, water consumption may amount to two to three times the above figures,especially where the raw water temperature is high (UNEP, 1995).Energy consumptionAs far as energy is concerned heat consumption is influenced by process and productioncharacteristics such as packing method, pasteurization technique, type of equipment, byproducttreatment, etc. In a brewery (without a heat recovery system from boiling wort),heat consumption can be two to three times higher than a well run brewery. Electricityconsumption, in a well run brewery, is about 8-12 kwh/hL, depending on process andproduction characteristics. Some breweries consume up to twice as much due toinefficient production and lack of energy consciousness (UNEP, 1995).Table 3-10: Benchmark for Energy ConsumptionOutputs per Unit of Product Unit BenchmarkEnergyTGM for Distillery Industry 3-22 August 2010

DistilleriesHeat MJ/hL 85-120Electricity kWh/hL 7.5-11.5Total Energy MJ/hL 100-160Auxiliary materialsIn addition to basic raw material used in beer production as surmised above there areauxiliary material used which are as follows:Kieselguhr is used for filtering beer at a rate of 100 - 300 g/hL depending on initialclarity, yeast cell count and beer type.Caustic soda is used for cleaning at 0.5-1.0 kg (30% NaOH)/hL. High consumptioncan be due to no or little recovery during equipment cleaning and to problems withthe bottle washer. This increases the pH of wastewater.Detergents and acids may be used for cleaning. The consumption rate depends on thecleaning procedures.Packaging materials include non-returnable bottles, cans, crown corks, cardboard,plastic stretch and shrink wraps, etc. (UNEP, 1995).Other materials are used including glue (used for labels and cardboard boxes) and arange of additives such as enzymes, antioxidants, foam stabilizers and colloidalstabilizers (finings, silica, tannic acid, etc.).3.7 Industrial Processes of Various Products of Distillery Industry3.7.1 Manufacturing process of spirits (whisky, vodka & gin)Different process units involved in Whisky manufacturing are summarized below.A. MashingThe mashing process consists of cooking (gelatinization) of the grain in water tosolubilize the starches from the kernels and converting (saccharification) of the starch to‘grain sugar’ (primarily glucose and maltose). In general, cooking can be carried out at orabove atmospheric pressure in either a batch or continuous process. During mashing,trace Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) emissions may result from constituents in thegrain. Small quantities of malted barley are sometimes added prior to grain cooking.After partial cooling, conversion of the starch to sugar is accomplished by adding barleymalt and/or enzymes (from other sources) to the cooked grain at approximately 63EC(145EF). The mash then passes through a noncontact cooler to a fermenter. Between themashing and fermentation, the process generally is closed during cooling, with noemissions. Distillers may vary mashing procedures, but generally conform to basicprinciples, especially in the maintenance of sanitary conditions.B. FermentationFermentation, which usually lasts 3 to 5 days for whisky, involves the use of yeast toconvert the grain sugars into ethanol and CO 2 . The converted grain mash is cooled priorto entering the fermenter or tank and inoculated with yeast. It is a common practice todilute the hot grain mash to its final solids concentration by adding backset stillage and/orTGM for Distillery Industry 3-23 August 2010

Distillerieswater. Backset is liquid stillage which is screened or centrifuged from the distillation‘beer still bottoms.’ The use of backset provides water conservation, nutrientsupplements, pH adjustment of the fermentation, and some flavor components (e.g., sourmash).The fermentation process varies slightly for the production of other distilled spirits. Forinstance, rum fermentation takes 1 to 2 days. In rum production, black strap molasses isthe source of fermentable sugars and is stored in tanks prior to fermentation. The blackstrap molasses also is not mashed (i.e., cooked) prior to dilution with water to obtain theproper concentration of fermentable sugars. Congeners are flavor compounds which areproduced during fermentation, as well as during the aging process. These congenersinclude trace aldehydes, esters, and higher alcohols (i.e., fusel oils). Lactic acid bacteria(lactobacillus) may simultaneously ferment within the mash and contribute to the overallwhisky flavor profile. On rare occasions lactobacillus may provide some pH control. Onother occasions, the addition of sulphuric acid, though rarely used, may result in tracehydrogen sulphide emissions from the fermentation tank.In whisky production, significant increases in the amount of yeast consumed occur duringthe first 30 hours of fermentation, when over 75% of the carbohydrate (sugar) isconverted to ethanol and CO 2 . Many fermentation vessels are equipped with agitationand/or cooling means that facilitate temperature control. Fermentation vessels may beconstructed of wood or metal and may be open or closed top.C. DistillationThe distillation process separates and concentrates the alcohol products from thefermented grain Mash and is an add-on unit for production of spirits and make the whiskyproduction different from Beer and Wine. In addition to the alcohol and congeners, thefermented mash contains solid grain particles, yeast cells, water-soluble proteins, mineralsalts, lactic acid, fatty acids, and traces of glycerol and other trace congeners. Distillationprocesses also include the continuous multicolumn extractive and rectifying systems, andthe batch rectifying pot still and condensing unit. Whisky stills are usually made ofcopper, especially in the rectifying section, although stainless steel may be used in somestills.In a general whisky distillation process using a beer still, the whisky separating columnconsists of a cylindrical shell having three sections: stripping, entrainment removal, andrectifying. The stripping section contains approximately 14 to 21 perforated plates,spaced 56 to 61 centimetres (cm) (22 to 24 inches) apart. The fermented mash isintroduced at the top of the stripping section and descends from plate to plate until itreaches the base where the stillage is discharged. Steam is introduced at the base of thecolumn, and the vapours from the bottom of the still pass up through the perforations inthe plates. Whisky stills are usually fitted with entrainment removal sections that consistof a plate above the stripping plate to remove fermented grain particles entrained in thevapour. Distillation columns operate under reflux (sealed) conditions and most vapors arecondensed and collected, although small amounts of non-condensable gases will beemitted to the atmosphere.Following distillation, the whisky, at high proof, is pumped to stainless steel tanks anddiluted with demineralized water to the desired alcohol concentration prior to filling intooak barrels.The distillation of other spirits, such as rum, is similar.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-24 August 2010

DistilleriesD. Grain and liquid stillageAt most distilleries, after the removal of alcohol, still bottoms (known as whole stillage)are pumped from the distillation column to a dryer house. Whole stillage may be sold;land applied (with appropriate permitting), sold as liquid feed, or processed and dried toproduce distiller dried grains (DDG). The DDG consists of proteins, fats, minerals,vitamins, and fibers which are concentrated threefold by the removal of the grain starch inthe mashing and fermentation process. Distillers’ secondary products are divided intofour groups: DDG, distiller dried solubles (DDS), DDG with solubles (DDG/S), andcondensed distiller solubles (CDS).Solids in the whole stillage are separated using centrifuges or screens. The liquid portion‘thin stillage’ may be used as a backset or may be concentrated by vacuum evaporation.The resultant syrup may be recombined with the solid portion or dried separately. Thisremaining mixture is then dried using one of a variety of types of dryers (usually steamheatedor flash dryers). The majority of DDG are used in animal feed, althoughincreasing quantities are being sold as food ingredients for human consumption due to itsnutrient and fiber content.E. Warehousing/agingNewly distilled whisky is colorless with a strong, harsh and unpalatable odor. The newwhisky distillate undergoes many types of physical and chemical changes in the agingprocess that impart the distinctive color, taste and aroma of the whisky and gives itcharacter. These changes include extraction of the wood compounds, decomposition anddiffusion of the wood macromolecules into the alcohol, reactions of the wood anddistillate compounds with each other, and oxidation produced by diffusion to ambientatmosphere.During the aging, both the charred oak barrel in which beverage alcohol is stored and thebarrel environment are key to producing distilled spirits of desired quality anduniqueness. The aging process gives whisky its characteristic color and distinctive flavorand aroma. Variations in the aging process are integral to producing the characteristictaste of a particular brand of distilled spirits. Aging practices may differ from distillate todistiller, and even for different products of the same distiller. Figure 3-9 shows asimplified illustration of the mechanisms of the whisky aging process.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-25 August 2010

DistilleriesFigure 3-9: Mechanism of Whisky Aging ProcessAmbient atmospheric conditions, such as temperature and humidity, as well as seasonalvariation, are important factors in the aging process. Aging practices vary considerably—some distillers, for example, keep their warehouse windows open during certain monthsto promote interaction of the aging whisky with outdoor atmospheric conditions. An EPAreport observed that the aging process, in particular, depends upon the interaction ofwhisky in oak barrels with ambient air and particularly the temperature, humidity, andventilation promoted by the different types of warehouse construction utilized in theindustry. While each distiller alters the barrel environment to produce a product with thedistinctive characteristics of its brand, the fundamentals of the natural aging process areinviolate. The various distillers control the barrel environment differently by operatingtheir warehouses in different manners. All of these variations illustrate the number ofdiffering aging philosophies and traditions. Ethanol emissions are a natural and integralconsequence of creating the distinctive qualities of various whisky production and agingembodied in the federal law.When whisky ages, the alcohol reacts with constituents in the barrel wood, producing itsdistinctive color, taste and aroma. Constituents in the wood are transferred to the bulkliquid in the barrel by simple diffusion, by convection currents in the bulk liquid, and bytemperature cycling. As the barrel heats up, the gas above the liquid increases in pressureand forces liquid into the barrel wood. When the barrel cools and the gas pressure drops,the liquid flows out of the wood into the bulk liquid, carrying wood constituents with it.The distinctive qualities of whisky are added during aging as trace substances calledcongeners which occur through:TGM for Distillery Industry 3-26 August 2010

Distilleriesextraction of organic substances from the wood and their transfer to the whisky,oxidation of the original substances and of the extracted wood material, andreaction between various organic substances present in the liquid to form newproducts. The amber color develops and the taste of the whisky mellows duringaging as the concentration of congeners increases.Similar reactions between the barrel liquid and barrel constituents characterize aging ofother distilled spirits, such as brandy and rum.F. Blending/bottlingAfter whisky aging is complete, it is dumped or pumped from barrels into stainless steeltanks and reduced in proof to the desired alcohol concentration by adding demineralizedwater. The diluted whisky is processed and filtered. Following a filtration process thewhisky is pumped to a tank, proof adjusted, and bottled.Due to their value and marketability, used barrels are not generally stored but eitherrefilled with other whiskies or bung sealed and sold to manufacturers of Scotch Whisky,Canadian Whisky, rum, brandy, Tequila, or wines.New bottles are unloaded from cases and put on a conveyor belt, where they are aircleaned, filled, capped, and labeled. At the end of the conveyor belt, the final product isput into cases, which are sealed, labeled, and shipped to distributors.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-27 August 2010

DistilleriesFigure 3-10: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Whisky Production3.7.2 Gin manufacturing processGin can be made from any neutral spirit alcohol - the base can be grain (normally barleyand maize) or molasses and has no flavor at all. As with the production of beer, the basestarch is mixed with water, heated, cooled, and allowed to ferment.The wash so produced is then distilled to an alcohol content of 95% ABV. This is thendiluted to strength of about 45% ABV and left to steep with flavoring botanicals(famously juniper but others may include citrus peel, various spices and angelica). TheTGM for Distillery Industry 3-28 August 2010

Distilleriesliquid is then heated in a still and, as with whisky, only the middle portion is used. Theforeshots and feints are returned for distillation with the next batch. Finally the spirit isdiluted to reach the required minimum alcohol content (37.5% ABV) and then bottled.Cheaper gins can be made by simply adding essential oils to the diluted neutral spiritalcohol. This ‘cold compounded’ gin cannot be called distilled.3.7.3 Vodka manufacturing processThe starting point for vodka is, as with gin, a neutral spirit. In the EU the spirit is usuallyproduced from grain (wheat, barley, maize, rye) or molasses. In the Eastern Europe itmay also be made from potatoes, or rice.As with gin, the wash is usually distilled twice although many vodkas are triple distilled,some even more. The distillate is diluted to an ABV of about 55% before it is filtered,usually through charcoal. Sometimes coagulants are used to bind impurities so that theycan be filtered out more readily. Finally, more water is added to give the vodka theminimum ABV (legal EU Standard) of at least 37.5%. At this stage some producersinclude additives while others may introduce flavouring such as natural essences or fruitsor herbs which are steeped in the vodka for several days. No maturation period isrequired.3.7.4 Brandy manufacturing processBrandy is made from wine which is distilled by a process similar to that described above.The spirit is distilled twice before being transferred to wooden barrels to mature. Thematuration period depends on the quality of the brandy sought – for example a minimumof two years is required to qualify for the very superior (VS) label and four years for thevery superior old pale (VSOP) label.3.7.5 Beer production processesIn the whole alcohols sector, the brewing industries hold a strategic economic positionwith the annual world beer production exceeding 1.34 billion hL in 2002. Beer is the fifthmost consumed beverage in the world after tea, carbonates, milk and coffee. It continuesto be a popular drink with an average consumption of 23 litres/person/year. The brewingindustry has an ancient tradition and is still a dynamic sector open to new developmentsin technology and scientific progress.Till fermentation, the process units in the case of beer production are same. The finalfermented grain alcohol mixture, called beer, is agitated to resuspend its solids and maybe transferred to the beer well (storage vessel) for holding until it is pumped to the beerstill. Distillers use mechanical or air agitation during transfer and storage to preventsettling of solids. In the instance of air agitation, trace amounts of aldehydes may beproduced. The beer passes from the beer well through a pre-heater where it is warmed bythe alcohol vapors leaving the still and then enters the still for distillation. The beer stillvapors condensed in the pre-heater generally are returned to the beer still as reflux.During production, brewing alternately goes through three chemical and biochemicalreactions (mashing, boiling, fermentation and maturation) and three solid liquidseparations (wort separation, wort clarification and rough beer clarification.)TGM for Distillery Industry 3-29 August 2010

Distilleriesa) MaltMalt is derived from a cereal grain, usually barley, after being germinated for a limitedperiod and then dried. Malting, even if it is not carried out on a brewery site, is anintegral part of the brewing industry. The barley undergoes malting process to convert itto a form suitable for brewing. During the malting process, enzymes are generated, thegrain cell walls are broken down and some proteins are hydrolyzed. The malting processof barley includes cleaning, sorting, steeping, germination, drying and polishing. Thebarley is cleaned of dust and foreign materials and then sorted according to size with thesmallest kernels (grade IV) being sold as animal feed.b) Milling and mashingMalted barley is ground (either dry or wet) in a malt grinder so that the husk is left intactwhile the rest becomes very coarse powder, rich in starch and enzymes. The enzymesquickly degrade the starch to sugar on contact with water. The product, called sweetwort, is a mixture of partially degraded starch, sugars, enzymes, proteins and water(BPCE, 1986). The wort is separated from the spent grains by straining through a porousfilter in the lauter tun where the grains are sprayed or sparged with water in order toextract the maximum amount of useful material. Spent grains, spent hops and trubrepresent a valuable source of protein for animal feed.The spent grain yields typically 125-130 kg wet for every 100 kg of malt and itscomposition is 28% protein, 8% fat and 41% nitrogen-free substances (BPCE, 1986).c) Wort cooling and fermentationIn order to prepare for fermentation, the hopped wort is cooled to about 10 o C. Furtherprecipitation of proteins and tannin (known as cool trub or fine break) occurs during thecooling and aeration in preparation for fermentation which may continue from 2–16 days.Yeast is added in the fermentation vessel to induce fermentation of sugar wort which isconverted to CO 2 , alcohol, heat and new yeast cells. When the fermentation process iscompleted, the yeast is drawn off and used for a new batch of wort with the excess beingdisposed of as a by-product. The surplus yeast can be resold as animal feed. On a drysolids basis, the yeast contains 50-60% proteins, 15-35% carbohydrates and 2- 12% fatmaking it another valuable source of protein for animal feed (BPCE, 1986).Following the primary fermentation, the produced beer (green beer) is transferred tostorage or maturation vessels for a certain period of time before filtration. Prior tofiltration, the beer may be centrifuged, cooled to -1 o C to -1.5 o C to precipitate anysuspended solids. The beer is then filtered in a Kieselguhr (diatomaceous earth) filterfollowed by a filter cloth.d) Packaging and pasteurizationBright beer is stored and then filled into bottles or cans. In the process of filling, a smallvolume of beer (drip beer) is spilt. Bottling is usually preceded with bottle washing toremove any residual beer mold, cigarette butts, labels and dust particles.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-30 August 2010

Distilleries3.7.6 Wine manufacturing processa) Wine makingOnce the grapes reach the winery the stems are mechanically removed and the grapescrushed to release the must, or juice. If white wine is being made the juice is run offimmediately, leaving the skins and stalks behind. The juice that comes out from thepressure of the grapes alone is called free-run juice, and is generally considered superiorto the juice that is pressed out. The liquid or must is then fermented in refrigeratedconditions following the introduction of a yeast culture.For red wine the process is similar except that after the grapes are crushed the skins areleft in the must to colour the liquid and for the tannins in the skin to flavour it.b) Utilities & auxiliary unitsAlcohol production process has a high energy demand for heating and cooling purposes,in addition to high water consumption. Utility installations are therefore a key factor inthis sector. Often these processes are typically supplied with heat from a steam boilerplant. Process cooling is usually provided by central ammonia-based refrigerationsystems, which circulate ammonia or a secondary fluid (e.g., chilled water, brine orglycols) to the points where cooling is required. Compressed air is mainly used forinstruments, actuators, pressurizing of tanks, and sometimes the transport of spentbrewers grain.c) Water treatment plantDifferent production units typically draw water from wells or from surface intake at alake or river, and use several different qualities of water, for example, brewing qualitywater for mashing, de-aerated brewing water for dilution, softened water for utilitysystems and tunnel pasteurizers, washdown water, etc. For this reason, breweries oftenhave several sophisticated water treatment facilities.Figure 3-11: Process Flow Sheet Depicting Wine ProductionTGM for Distillery Industry 3-31 August 2010

Distilleriesd) CO 2 recovery plantThe CO 2 generated during the fermentation process can be collected, cleaned and storedbefore being used in the process. CO 2 is necessary for carbonation and to provide inertatmospheres as required by the process.e) Nitrogen generationBreweries may use nitrogen instead of CO 2 to provide inert atmospheres. Nitrogen can begenerated onsite from atmospheric air through a thermal or membrane separationtechnique or can be supplied in bulk from external sources.f) Electricity supplyMost breweries purchase electricity from the national grid, although some usecogeneration/combined heat and power (CHP) plants that produce both electricity andheat/steam.3.8 In Plant PracticesMaltingAs most of the maltries in India practice compartment malting in which manual handlingof material-in-process is necessary, good housekeeping assumes importance as so far asreduction of effluent volume and pollution load is concerned. Some of the process stepswhere common plant practices are responsible for large effluent volume and pollutionloads are enumerated here.SteepingAs three steep cycles are common most maltries, they have three conical steep vesselswith capacities ranging from 10-20 m 3 each fitted with false bottoms. Skimmings fromsteep vessels are normally thrown on to the floor and are washed into the drainperiodically during floor washing.GerminationManual transfer of grain from the germination box to another, causes loss of some of thegerminating grain. Once again these grain settle on the floor and are washed periodicallyinto the drain. At a subsequent stage, when rootlets are removed from the malted grain,the handling causes a lot of these rootlets to settle on the floor and find their way to thedrain in a similar manner. In general, the sewage in the open drains in maltries is rich insuspended solids and is the source of the odour nuisance.BrewingIn general, brewing is a clean-industry in India where handling of materials is done fairlysystematically and good house keeping practices are followed. However to the extent thatgood house keeping and in plant control of pollution are possible, the plant practices aredescribed below.After screening, the grain is conveyed by bucket elevators to the three-roll mill where drymilling is performed.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-32 August 2010

DistilleriesThe grist dust generated in the mill is collected either by bag filters or by cyclones inmost of the breweries. Wherever such a collection facility does not exist, the grist dustposes a pollution problem.Mashing of the grist and separation of the spent grain is carried out in mash tun and lautertun respectively. These are vertical vessels with dished ends and are made of aluminumalloy or stainless steel. Lauter tun is provided with raking arms and false bottom forseparation of the spent grain. The brew kettle, hop jack and whirlpool used in breweriesare also vertical vessels with dished ends. Generally only one number each of mash tun,lauter tun, brew kettle, hop jack and whirlpool is provided in the existing breweries inIndia and their capacities depend on the processing time. The fermenters are alsocylindrical vessels with dished ends and are made of aluminum alloy or stainless steelwith the provision of recovering CO 2 gas from the top of the vessel and yeast from thebottom of the vessel. Cooling coils are also provided around the fermenters. As theprocessing time in fermenters ranges from 7-10 days fermenter numbering between 10and 18 are provided for depending on the capacity.The processing steps in breweries are essentially batch ones and the cycle time vary from30 minutes to four hours in most of the vessels, except in fermenters. From the capacitiespresented for different vessels in the processing line, it is evident that breweries havecapacities of processing 200-400 hL of beer per day. Generally, one to two processcycles in each vessel per day would be enough for producing 225 hL of beer per daywhich is generally the maximum production in summer season in breweries. Wash wateris sprayed in the processing vessels during the wash cycle. There are generally 1-2 washcycles for each processing vessel in breweries. The wash water required is about 10% ofthe vessel volume.3.9 Emissions from Distillery IndustryDifferent manufacturing process units for RS and its derivates are depicted in Figures 3.2and 3.3.All processes require energy inputs which generate typical emissions (e.g., CO, CO, NO,SO, PM, and VOCs) and quantity will depend on the source of fuel. Other compoundscan be generated in trace quantities during fermentation including ethyl acetate, fusel oil,furfural, acetaldehyde, sulfur dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide. Acetaldehyde is a hazardousair pollutant (HAP).3.9.1 Emissions from beer & wine industriesThe main pollutants generated in the brewery and winery process include wastewaterdischarges, air emissions and solid waste. Table 3-11 shows the potential contaminantsources in a brewing operation.Table 3-11: Potential Sources of Contaminants in Brewing OperationBrew houseStageEnvironmental/Health Concern High discharge of organic matter High energy consumption High water consumption Dust problemsTGM for Distillery Industry 3-33 August 2010

DistilleriesStageFermentation/Beer ProcessingPackagingAncillary OperationsEnvironmental/Health Concern Caustic wastes from system cleaning High discharge of organic matter High water consumption Handling of solid waste Caustic wastes from system cleaning High discharge of organic matter High energy consumption High water consumption Handling of solid waste High noise level Caustic wastes from system cleaning High energy consumption High water consumption Solid waste handling High noise level Special waste generation Ammoniaa) Emissions to airAir emissions may be categorized as fugitive and point source emissions.Fugitive emissionsThese are emissions that are not released through a vent or stack. Examples of fugitiveemissions include evaporation of wastewater, dust from stockpiles, volatilization ofvapour from vats, open vessels, or spills and material handling. Emissions emanatingfrom ridgeline roof-vents, louvers, and open doors of a building as well as equipmentleaks, and leaks from valves and flanges are also examples of fugitive emissions.Emission factors are the usual method for determining losses through fugitive emissions.Possible air emissions from the beer and wine manufacturing industry are listed in Table3-12, include activities such as pressing, ageing and packaging (bottling).Table 3-12 Possible Emissions from Beer and Wine IndustriesEmission SourceFermentation Fugitive Sources Screening of red wine Pressing Ageing inOakcooperage Bottling process Preservation agentsFuel CombustionPossible Emissions Ethanol (largest emission by volume) Acetaldehyde Methanol Hydrogen Sulfide Total Volatile Organic Compounds (Total VOCs) Ethyl Acetate Ethanol Sulfur dioxide Carbon monoxide (CO)TGM for Distillery Industry 3-34 August 2010

DistilleriesEmission SourcePossible Emissions Sulfur dioxide (SO2) Total VOCs Particulate Matter (PM10) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)Source: Adapted from USEPA, AP-42, Section 9.12.2.1995Point source emissionsThese emissions are exhausted into a vent (excluding roof vent) or stack and emittedthrough a single point source into the atmosphere.The main emissions to air from the manufacture of beer and wine may include VOCs,greenhouse gases, odour, noise and dust.As per the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the California AirResources Board, breweries and distilleries are only minor sources of emissions of VOCsto the atmosphere.GHG emissionsHowever, several greenhouse gases may also be produced in the beer, wine and spiritmaking process including:CO 2 (a by-product of fermentation);Nitrous oxide (N 2 O) (a by-product of the internal combustion engine); and,Sulphur dioxide (SO 2 ) (if used during kilning).In breweries, approximately 16 kg of CO 2 is generated in boilers burning fossil fuel foreach hL of beer produced. This is much greater than the amount generated duringfermentation, which is approximately 3 kg/hL of beer produced (UNEP, 1995). TheGHG estimates for Australia for production of one bottle of wine is depicted in thediagram in a comprehensive LCA study on the GHG emissions in UK are givenunderneath.Although odours from breweries and wineries are considered to be harmless, theyrepresent an environmental nuisance and should be avoided wherever possible. Inbreweries, for example, a smell may be experienced in the vicinity of malt houses,particularly when drying the sprouted barley. In addition, odours may also be caused byemissions from the fermentation process, vapour and stack emissions from mashing andwort boiling (SEPA, 1991; UNEP, 1995).Dust, which can result from the handling of grains during cleaning, loading and malting,is another type of emission to air that represents an environmental concern as it can resultin localized or regional air quality problems (UNEP, 1995).b) Wastewater from brewing processBreweries as mentioned above have a specific consumption of water ranging from 4 to 11hL water/hL beer. In brewing, the average water consumption of around 5-6 hL/hL beeris correlated to beer production for industrial breweries. Water consumption is dividedinto 2/3 used in the process and 1/3 in the cleaning operations. In the same way, effluentTGM for Distillery Industry 3-35 August 2010

Distilleriesto beer ratio is correlated to beer production. It has been shown that the effluent load isvery similar to the water load since none of this water is used to brew beer and most of itends up as effluent.The brewing process requires a significant amount of water and the produces wastewateris high in biological oxygen demand (BOD) and suspended solid content. Wastewatergenerated from beer manufacturing amounts to 65-70% of the water intake volume.Quantity of wastewater depends on the amount of water used. A portion of the wasteused is not discharged in the wastewater including: the water in the beer, evaporatedwater and water content in the spent grains, yeast and Kieselguhr. This amounts to about1.5 hL/hL beer (UNEP, 1995).The effluent contains: maltose, dextrose, wort, trub, spent grains, yeast, filter slurry(Kieselguhr and lucilite), green beer and bright beer. This effluent will have a highorganic pollution load and a relatively high solid pollution load (BPCE, 1986).Weak wort is 2-6% of the wort volume. This increases the BOD of the wastewatersignificantly. Rinse water, which may contain product or raw material, represents 45% ofthe total water use in a brewery (UNEP, 1995).c) Residual beerResidual beer is beer lost during the various production stages which include:Residual amount of beer after emptying process tanks (the amount of residue dependson how efficiently the tanks are emptied)Pre-runs and after-runs in the Kieselguhr filter result in a mixture of beer and water,which is discharged into the sewerUsing water to clean process pipe lines, beer is pushed out with water, and a mixtureof water and beer resultsBeer rejected in the packaging area due to wrong filling height, quality defects, orincorrect placement of labelsReturned beerExploding bottles as a result of poor quality, poor bottle inspection, or lack oftemperature control in the tunnel pasteurizer; andUse of solid additions for maturing beer resulting in loss of beer and yeastResidual beer will equal 1-5% of total production. Most of it can be collected and reusedin brewery process. Any amount not collected is discharged as effluent (UNEP, 1995).3.10 In plant Pollution Control in DistilleriesFermenter sludge spent wash and sometimes spent lees are the contaminated streams fromdistilleries. Other waste streams include wash water. Cooling water and waterdischarged from utility service plants. Apart from considering the possibilities ofrecycling of the streams, which will subsequently not only reduce the total effluent butalso reduce the water consumption certain by-product recovery possibilities areconsidered which may well be considered as a treatment method aimed at zero-discharge.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-36 August 2010

DistilleriesThe information furnished here is based on the exhaustive literature survey, informationcollected during the survey and also the consultants view regarding the above.3.10.1 Fermenter sludgeThe volume of fermenter sludge generated from distilleries is about 0.3 kL/kL of RSproduced. For distilleries having capacities of 5000 kL/annum and 10000 kL/annum ofRS the volume of fermenter sludge would be about 4.5 kL/day and 9 kL/day,respectively. The fermenter sludge has solid content of about 30% by weight whichcomprises of mostly the spent yeast and mineral matter. The spent yeast is highlybiodegradable so that the fermenter sludge stream has a biochemical oxygen demand ofthe order of 1,25,000 mg/L. Hence the fermenter sludge stream, although low in volume,when discharged as composite stream from fermentation house results in BOD adding tothe tune of 560 kg/day and 1,120 kg/day for distilleries of 5,000 kL/annum and 10,000kL/annum capacities respectively.It may be possible to treat the fermenter sludge in one of three ways, either to provide asecondary yeast source or to provide cattle feed adjunct or use as fertilizer.a) Processing for secondary yeastFrom an examination of the composition of fermenter sludge, the solid content of theslurry and the requirement and propagation of yeast, it is clear that the solid matter of thefermenter sludge is mostly spent yeast, the aqueous part having about the samecomposition as that of the inflow stream to the analyzer column.This spent yeast can be separated from the fermenter sludge stream by dewatering on ascreen followed by filtration in a filter press. The filtrate will have a composition similarto that of spent wash, with a little higher percentage of alcohol and allied chemicals whichin this case have not been stripped. The BOD of the filtrate will therefore be only slightlyhigher than that of the spent wash and can be easily treated along with the latter.The pressed yeast can be used as secondary yeast either for growing primary yeastcultures or as bakers’ yeast. Such use of this yeast had been popular abroad until the1950's, but the practice fell more or less into obsolescence as the demand for yeastbecome too high to be met from such sources and quality control requirements becamemore stringent. However, it is felt that scope for such use may still be there in India andwould be worth exploring.b) Processing for cattle feed adjunctAn alternative solution, which can reduce the pollution from this stream to zero, would beto concentrate the fermenter sludge by evaporation and finally dry the concentratedmatter. It has sufficient nutrient value to form excellent cattle feed. However the highmineral matter content and the nature thereof are likely to have a laxative effect on thecattle and therefore may not be fed as such. It can be used along with other feed materialwhich would act as a diluent of the laxative effect and will none-the-less utilize thenutritional value. It is relevant to note in this context that some distilleries have maltingor brewery along with a distillery and can therefore use this in conjunction with the spentgrain from malting or the brewers grain from breweries or spent slops from cereal-baseddistilleries, the recovery of which has been suggested in the relevant sections.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-37 August 2010

Distilleriesc) Source of fertilizer ingredientsFermenter sludge, after drying, can be used as fertilizer for some crops. Use of driedfermenter sludge as fertilizer is a common practice in distilleries treating the spent washstream in anaerobic lagoons located mostly in the western part of India. Disposal offermenter sludge as a source of fertilizer ingredients is also practised in distilleriesabroad.As reported during a survey, the distilleries that use fermenter sludge as fertilizer dry thesludge either in open pit (sun drying) or in sludge drying beds. However, a large quantityof mineral matter present in the fermenter sludge can have some detrimental action of thecrops rather than the fertility value in dried yeast and potassium salts. This matter needsto be carefully studied before using the fermenter sludge as fertilizer.3.10.2 Spent washAs mentioned earlier, spent wash is the principal pollutant stream from distilleriesdischarged from the analyzer column. Spent wash stream is a continuous process effluentand its volume is about 17 kL per kL of RS. One distinct feature of spent wash is thehigh content of potassium salts which obviously originates from the cane sugar as it isgenerally very rich in potash content. The spent wash which generally contains about8% solids can be evaporated and then subjected to incineration to recover the mineralmatters present in spent wash. The ash (mineral matter) thus recovered can be furtherprocessed to potassium salt as potassium sulphate which is a potent fertilizer commonlyused as one of the ingredients of mixed fertilizer the world over. Apart from this, somedistilleries use evaporation of spent wash and spray drying.The CPCB has identified different technologies for spent wash treatment and has alsodeveloped guidelines for some of these technologies, which are as follows.1. Anaerobic digestion followed by two stage aeration and ferti-irrigation2. Anaerobic digestion followed by controlled land application3. Raw spent wash composting4. Anaerobic digestion followed by Composting if filler material is adequate. If fillermaterial is not adequate, anaerobic digestion followed by reboiler/reverse osmosis(RO)/ evapouration to reduce volume of the effluent and Composting/Drying5. Raw Spent wash Concentration and Incineration in BoilerThe treatment based on the first three options discussed above is being discontinued bythe MoEF as these technologies are found to have inherent limitations resulting ingroundwater and soil pollution. It has also been suggested that the distilleries which areadopting these technologies shall switchover to the new technologies in a phased manner.For new or expansion of the existing distillery capacities, environmental clearances areonly given based on the technologies discussed below:1) Anaerobic digestion followed by two stage aeration and ferti-irrigationDistilleries attached with Sugar units can adopt anaerobic digestion of spent washfollowed by composting if sufficient filler material is available for composting. In casethe filler material is not adequate, the effluent quantity shall be reduced by Reboiler/evapouration/RO to match the quantity of press mud. The concentrated effluent can bedried in spray dryers as powder which can be sold as a fertilizer. The anaerobic digestionfollowed by evapouration in Multiple Effect Evapourators (MEE) to reduce the volume ofTGM for Distillery Industry 3-38 August 2010

Distilleriesthe effluent and composting is adopted by some distilleries in Maharashtra andKarnataka.The anaerobic digestion followed by evaporation in MEE and spray drying is followed atThe Ugar Sugar Works Ltd., located in Belgaum, Karnataka.The industry shall have to develop suitable system for reduction of effluent as there are nospecific guidelines developed for evaporators/reverse osmosis/reboiler/spray dryers.2) Anaerobic digestion followed by controlled land applicationFor standalone distilleries, the only option is to concentrate spent wash and burn in boiler.The distilleries which are attached to sugar industries may also adopt this technology.The concentration and incineration technology has been also adopted by some distilleriesin UP, Maharashtra and Karnataka.There are no guidelines developed for boilers. However, the following issues may beconsidered while adopting this technology.(A) Sludge from fermenters/settled sludge from storage tanks which may be around3-5 % of spent wash quantity shall have to be treated/disposed.(B) The condensates from the evaporators while concentrating spent wash wouldhave COD concentration between 10,000-15,000 mg/L, which needs to be treated.The pH of condensate is around 4.0 – 4.6 which requires neutralisation. The quantityof condensate generated may be around 50- 55% of the effluent quantity generated.The suggested treatment for condensates may be biological such as anaerobic followed byaerobic treatment and recycling it as make up water after treatment on RO principles.The sludge from biological treatment/reject from RO shall have to be treated either bycomposting or land fill or any other suitable method.3.11 Classification of Distilleries for Wastewater Treatment MethodsThere are very few distilleries which use malt exclusively or even as a substantial part oftheir feed material. For the model case, therefore the consideration is limited todistilleries producing RS from molasses, which may or may not be converting part thereofto IMFL.The capacity of distilleries based on molasses varies from 2,000 to as high as 60,000 kLof RS per annum. Capacity-wise the distilleries can be classified into three broad groupsas follows:Table 3-13: Classification of Distilleries based on CapacityProduction ScaleProduction Capacity kL/AnnumSmall Up to 5,000Medium Above 5,000 and Up to 10,000Large Above 10,000 and Up to 20,000TGM for Distillery Industry 3-39 August 2010

DistilleriesMost of the distilleries in the country fall under small and medium groups. Among largescale distilleries a number have a capacity in the range of 10,000 - 15,000 kL/annum, andthere are even two distilleries having capacity of the order of 15,000 - 20,000 kL/annum.The main effluent discharge from the distilleries is spent wash, a continuous processstream, and its volume is practically proportional to the RS production, since the alcoholcontent achieved in the fermenter is more or less standard. The fermenter sludge, spentlees and wash water are also more or less proportional to alcohol production.Based on the production capacities of existing distilleries and the above discussions, twomodel cases i.e., 5,000 kL of RS/annum and 10,000 kL of RS/annum are selected fordesigning the treatment schemes and estimating the cost thereof. The total effluentvolume treated in the proposed treatment schemes for the two model cases are presentedhere along with the principal characteristics.Table 3-14: Total Effluent Volume Proposed for TreatmentCapacity ofProductionin kL/annumSpent wash+Fermenter WashWater Flow in m 3 / dayTotal Volume ofEffluent Treatedin m 3 /dayBOD5 inmg/lSuspendedSolids in mg/l5,000 200 200 60,000 14,00010,000 400 400 60,000 14,0003.11.1 Treatment schemesAs per the MoEF Guidelines, following options can be adopted for the treatment ofeffluent from distillery units.Anaerobic digestion followed by evaporation and composting (if the distillery unit isattached to sugar unit)Concentration and burning in a boiler for standard distilleries.3.12 Summary of Applicable National RegulationsThere are well-defined regulatory requirements, which imply that the government mustregulate various aspects of the operations and construction of distillery units to reducetheir environmental and social impacts.3.12.1 General description of major statutesA comprehensive list of legal instruments applicable to distilleries is annexed asAnnexure II.3.12.2 General standards for discharge of environmental pollutantsList of general standards for discharge of environmental pollutants as per CPCB is givenin Annexure III.TGM for Distillery Industry 3-40 August 2010

Distilleries3.12.2.1 Industry specific standardsThe standard for SPM concentration is 150 mg/Nm 3 irrespective of the type of boiler.Standards for wastewater discharges from distilleries are given in Table 3-15.Table 3-15: Standards for Wastewater Discharges from DistilleriesS.No. Parameter Industrial Sector1 PH 5.5 - 9.02 Temperature -3 Suspended Solids, mg/l 1004 BOD, mg/l(27 o C for 3days)5 COD, mg/l -6 Oil & Grease, mg/l -7 Phenol , mg/l -8 Sulphides, mg/l -9 Sulphate, mg/l -10 Chloride, mg/l -11 Ammonical Nitrogen,mg/l12 Total Residual chlorine,mg/lFermentation (Distilleries, Matrices & Breweries)30 (disposal into inland water)100 (disposal on land)--13 Colour, hazen unit All efforts should be made to remove colour,odour as far as practicable.14 Bio-assay test (with 1:8dilution of effluents)15 Cyanides, mg/l -16 Mercury, mg/l -17 Copper, mg/l -18 Iron, mg/l -19 Zinc, mg/l -20 Chromium (total) , mg/l -21 Chromium (heaxavalent),mg/l22 Nickel, mg/l -23 Cadmium, mg/l --TGM for Distillery Industry 3-41 August 2010

DistilleriesS.No. Parameter Industrial SectorFermentation (Distilleries, Matrices & Breweries)24 Lead, mg/l -25 Manganese as Mn , mg/l -26. Total metal, , mg/lTGM for Distillery Industry 3-42 August 2010

4.OPERATIONAL ASPECTS OF EIAPrior environmental clearance process has been revised in the Notification issued on 14 thSeptember, 2006 into following four major stages i.e., screening, scoping, publicconsultation and appraisal. Each stage has certain procedures to be followed. Thissection deals with all the procedural and technical guidance, for conducting objectiveorientedEIA report, its review and decision-making. Besides, the Notification alsoclassifies projects into Category A, which require prior environmental clearance fromMoEF and Category B from SEIAA/UTEIAA.Consistency with other requirementsClearance from other regulatory bodies is not a prerequisite for obtaining the priorenvironmental clearance and all such clearances will be treated as parallel statutoryrequirements.Consent for Establishment (CFE) and Prior environmental clearance are two differentlegal requirements a project proponent should acquire. Therefore, these two activitiescan be initiated and proceeded with simultaneously.If a project falls within the purview of CRZ and EIA Notifications, then the projectproponent is required to take separate clearances from the concerned Authorities.Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) issues need not be dealt under the EIANotification as other statutory bodies deal with these issues. However, socioeconomicstudies may be considered while taking environmental decisions.4.1 Coverage of Distillery Industry Under the Purview of NotificationAll the new distillery industrial projects including expansion and modernization requireprior environmental clearance. Based on pollution potential, these projects are classifiedin to Category A and Category B i.e. Category A:- All molasses based distilleries; and/or- All cane juice/non-molasses based distilleries with ≥30 KLDCategory B: All cane juice/non-molasses based distilleries with

Operational Aspects of an EIAIn case of Expansion or Modernization of the developmental Activity:Any developmental activity, which has an EIA clearance (existing plants), whenundergoes expansion or modernization (change in process or technology) withincrease in production capacity or any change in product mix beyond the list ofproducts cleared in the issued clearance, is required to submit new application forEIA clearance.Any developmental activity, which is listed in Schedule of the EIA Notification anddue to expansion of its total capacity, if falls under the purview of either Category Bor Category A, then such developmental activity requires clearance from respectiveauthorities.TGM for Distillery Industry 4-2 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIAFigure 4-1: Prior Environmental Clearance Process for ActivitiesFalling Under Category ATGM for Distillery Industry 4-3 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIAFigure 4-2: Prior Environmental Clearance Process for ActivitiesFalling Under Category BTGM for Distillery Industry 4-4 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIA4.2 ScreeningScreening of the project shall be performed at the initial stage of the project developmentso that proponents are aware of their obligations before deciding on the budget, projectdesign and execution plan.This stage is applicable only for Category ‘B’ developmental activity i.e., if generalconditions are applicable for a Category B project, then it will be treated as Category Aproject. Besides, screening is also refers to the classification of Category B projects intoeither Category B1 or Category B2. Category B1 projects require to follow all stagesapplicable for Category A projects, but are processed at the SEIAA/UTEIAA. CategoryB2 projects, on the otherhand, do not require either EIA or public consultation.As per the Notification, classification of Category B projects falls under the purview ofthe SEAC. This manual provides certain guidelines to the stakeholders for classificationof Category B1 and Category B2.4.2.1 Applicable conditions for Category B projectsGeneral condition:All cane juice/non-molasses based distilleries with

Operational Aspects of an EIAstudies for preparation of an EIA for its appraisal prior to the grant of environmentalclearance. The necessity of which will be decided, depending upon the nature andlocation specificity of the project, by SEAC after scrutiny of the applications seekingenvironmental clearance for Category B projects or activities.The projects requiring an EIA report shall be included in Category B1 and remainingprojects will fall under Category B2 and will not require an EIA report and publicconsultation.4.2.3 Application for prior environmental clearanceThe project proponent, after identifying the site and carrying out a pre-feasibilitystudy, is required to apply for the prior environmental clearance in Form 1 given inAnnexure IV. The proponent has to submit the filled in Form 1 along with prefeasibilityreport and draft ToR for EIA studies to the concerned Authority i.e.,MoEF, Government of India for Category A projects and SEIAA in case of CategoryB projects. Please refer subsequent sections for the information on how to fill Form1, contents of pre-feasibility report and draft ToR for distilleries.Prior environmental clearance is required before starting any construction work, orpreparation of land on the identified site/project or activity by the projectmanagement, except for securing the land.If the application is made for a specific developmental activity, which has an inherentarea development component as a part of its project proposal and the same projectalso attract the construction and area development provisions under 8a and 8b of theSchedule, then the project will be seen as a developmental activity other than 8a and8b of the Schedule.4.2.4 Siting guidelinesThese are the guidelines, stakeholders may consider while siting the developmentalprojects, to minimize the associated possible environmental impacts. In some situations,adhering to these guidelines is difficult and unwarranted. Therefore, these guidelines maybe kept in the background, as far as possible, while taking the decisions.Areas preferably be avoidedWhile siting industries, care should be taken to minimize the adverse impacts of theindustries on immediate neighborhood as well as distant places. Some of the natural lifesustaining systems and some specific landuses are sensitive to industrial impacts becauseof the nature and extent of fragility. In order to protect such sites, the industries maymaintain the following distances, as far as possible from the specific areas listed:Ecologically and/or otherwise sensitive areas: Preferably 5 km; depending on the geoclimaticconditions the requisite distance may be decided appropriately by the agency.Coastal Areas: Preferably ½ km. away from high tide line (HTL).Flood Plain of the riverine system: Preferably ½ km away from flood plain ormodified flood plain affected by dam in the upstream or by flood control systems.Transport/Communication System: Preferably ½ km. away from highway and railwayline.TGM for Distillery Industry 4-6 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIANote:Major settlements (3, 00,000 population): Distance from major settlements is difficultto maintain because of urban sprawl. At the time of siting of the industry, if thenotified limit of any major settlement is found to be within 50 km., from the projectboundary, the spatial direction of growth of the settlement for at least a decade mustbe assessed. Subsequently, the industry shall be sited at least 25 km from theprojected growth boundary of the settlement.Critically polluted areas are identified by MoEF from time-to-time. Current list ofcritically polluted areas is given in Annexure V.Ecological and/or otherwise sensitive areas include (i) Religious and Historic Places; (ii)Archaeological Monuments (e.g. identified zone around Taj Mahal); (iii) Scenic Areas; (iv) HillResorts; (v) Beach Resorts; (vi) Health Resorts; (vii) Coastal Areas rich in Corals, Mangroves,Breeding Grounds of Specific Species; (viii) Estuaries rich in Mangroves, Breeding grounds ofSpecific Species; (ix) Gulf Areas; (x) Biosphere Reserves; (xi) National Parks and Sanctuaries;(xii) Natural lakes, Swamps; (xiii) Seismic Zones; (xiv) Tribal Settlements; (xv) Areas of Scientificand Geological Interest; (xvi) Defence Installations, specially those of security importance andsensitive to pollution; (xvii) Border Areas (International) and (xviii) Air Ports.Pre-requisite: State and Central Governments are required to identify such areas on a prioritybasis.General siting factorsIn any particular selected site, the following factors must also be recognized.No forest land shall be converted into non-forest activity for the sustenance of theindustry (Ref: Forest Conversation Act, 1980).No prime agricultural land shall be converted into industrial site.Within the acquired site the industry must locate itself at the lowest location toremain obscured from general sight.Land acquired shall be sufficiently large to provide space for appropriate green coverincluding green belt around the battery limit of the industry.Enough space should be provided for storage of recyclable solid wastes so that thesecould be available for possible reuse.Layout of the industry that may come up in the area must conform to the landscape ofthe area without affecting the scenic features of that place.Associated township of the industry may be created at a space having physiographicbarrier between the industry and the township.4.3 Scoping for EIA StudiesScoping exercise is taken up soon after the project contours are defined. The primarypurpose of scoping is to identify concerns and issues which are important to projectdecisions. Besides, scoping defines the requirements and boundaries of an EIA study.Scoping refers to the process by which the EAC in the case of Category ‘A’ projects oractivities, and SEAC in case of Category ‘B1’ projects, including applications forexpansion and/or modernization of existing projects, determines ToR for EIA studiesTGM for Distillery Industry 4-7 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIAaddressing all relevant environmental concerns for the preparation of an EIA Report for aparticular project.Project proponent shall submit the application to the concerned Authority. Theapplication (Form 1 as given in Annexure IV) shall be attached with pre-feasibilityreport and proposed ToR for EIA Studies. The proposed sequence to arrive at thedraft ToR is discussed below:- Pre-feasibility report provides a summary of project details and also the likelyenvironmental concerns based on secondary information, which will be availedfor filling Form 1.- From pre-feasibility report and Form 1, valued environmental components(VECs) may be identified for a given project (receiving environment/socialcomponents, which are likely to get effected due to the projectoperations/activities).- Once the project details from the pre-feasibility report & Form 1; and VECs areidentified, a matrix establishing the interactions which can lead to theeffects/impacts could be developed (Qualitative analysis).- For each identified possible effect in the matrix, significance analysis could beconducted to identify the impacts, which need to be studied further (quantitativeanalysis) in subsequent EIA studies. All such points find a mention in the draftToR to be proposed by the project proponent. The draft ToR shall includeapplicable baseline parameters (refer annexure VIII) and impact prediction tools(refer annexure X) proposed to be applied.- The information to be provided in pre-feasibility report, guidelines for fillingForm 1 and guidelines for developing draft ToR is summarized in subsequentsections.- Authority consults the respective EAC/SEAC to reply to the proponent. TheEAC/SEAC concerned reviews the application form, pre-feasibility report andproposed draft ToR by the proponent and make necessary additions/deletions tomake it a comprehensive ToR that suits the statutory requirements for conductingthe EIA studies.The concerned EAC/SEAC may constitute a sub- committee for a site visit, ifconsidered necessary. The sub-committee will act up on receiving a written approvalfrom the chairperson of EAC/SEAC concerned. Project proponent will facilitate suchsite visits of the sub-committees.EAC/SEAC shall provide an opportunity to the project proponent for presentation anddiscussions on the proposed project and related issues as well as the proposed ToR forEIA studies. If the State Government desires to present their views on any specificproject in the scoping stage, it can depute an officer for the same at the scoping stageto EAC, as an invitee but not as a member of EAC. However, non-appearance of theproject proponent before EAC/SEAC at any stage will not be a ground for rejection ofthe application for the prior environmental clearance.If a new or expansion project is proposed in a problem area as identified by theCPCB, then the Ministry may invite a representative of SEIAA to the EAC to presenttheir views, if any at the stage of scoping.TGM for Distillery Industry 4-8 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIAThe final set of ToR for EIA studies shall be conveyed to the proponent by theEAC/SEAC within sixty days of the receipt of Form 1 and Pre-feasibility report. Ifthe finalized ToR for EIA studies is not conveyed to the proponent within sixty daysof the receipt of Form 1, the ToR suggested by the proponent shall be deemed as finaland will be approved for EIA studies.Final ToR for EIA studies shall be displayed on the websites of the MoEF/SEIAA.Applications for prior environmental clearance may be rejected by the concernedAuthority based on the recommendation of the EAC or SEAC concerned at this stageitself. In case of such rejection, the decision together with reasons for the same, shallbe communicated to the proponent in writing within sixty days of the receipt of theapplication.The final EIA report and other relevant documents submitted by the applicant shall bescrutinized by the concerned Authority strictly with reference to the approved ToRfor EIA studies.4.3.1 Pre-feasibility reportThe pre-feasibility report should include, but not limited to highlight the proposed projectinformation, keeping in view the environmental sensitivities of the selected site, rawmaterial, technology options and its availability. Information required in pre-feasibilityreport varies from case to case even in same sector depending upon the localenvironmental setting within which the plant is located/proposed. However, theenvironmental information which may be furnished in the pre-feasibility report mayinclude as under:Description of the project, including in particular:- a description of the physical characteristics of the whole project and the land-userequirements during the construction and operational phases- a description of the main characteristics of the production processes, for instance,nature and quantity of materials used- an estimate, by type and quantity, of expected residues and emissions (water, airand soil pollution, noise, vibration, light, heat, radiation, etc.) resulting from theoperation of the proposed projectAn outline of the main alternatives studied by the developer and an indication of themain reasons for this choice, taking into account the environmental effects.A description of the aspects of the environment likely to be significantly affected bythe proposed project, including, in particular, population, fauna, flora, soil, water, air,climatic factors, material assets, including the architectural and archaeologicalheritage, landscape and the inter-relationship between the above factors.A description of the likely significant effects of the proposed project on theenvironment resulting from:- existence of project- use of natural resources – Specific consumptions- emission of pollutants, the creation of nuisances and the elimination of waste,- project proponent’s description of the forecasting methods used to assess theeffects on the environmentTGM for Distillery Industry 4-9 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIAA description of the measures envisaged to prevent, reduce and where possible offsetany significant adverse effects on the environmentA non-technical summary of the information provided under the above headingsAn indication of any difficulties (technical deficiencies or lack of know-how)encountered by the developer in compiling the required informationDetails of the above listed points which may be covered in pre-feasibility report are listedin Annexure VI.4.3.2 Guidance for Filling Information in Form 1The information given in specifically designed pre-feasibility report for thisdevelopmental activity may also be availed for filling Form 1.Form 1 is designed to help users identify the likely significant environmental effects ofproposed projects right at the scoping stage. There are two stages for providinginformation under two columns:First - identifying the relevant project activities from the list given in column 2 ofForm 1. Start with the checklist of questions set out below and complete Column 3by answering:- Yes - if the activity is likely to occur during implementation of the project- No - if it is not expected to occur- May be - if it is uncertain at this stage whether it will occur or notSecond – For each activity for which the answer in Column 3 is “Yes” the next step isto refer to the fourth column which quantifies the volume of activity which could bejudged as significant impact on the local environmental characteristics, and identifythe areas that could be affected by that activity during construction /operation /decommissioning of the project. Form 1 requires information within 15 km aroundthe project, whereas actual study area for EIA will be as prescribed by respectiveEAC/SEAC. Project proponent will need information about the surrounding VECsin order to complete this Form 1.4.3.3 Identification of appropriate valued environmental componentsVECs are components of natural resources and human world that are considered valuableand are likely to be affected by the project activities. Value may be attributed foreconomic, social, environmental, aesthetic or ethical reasons. VECs represent theinvestigative focal point for further EIA process. The indirect and/or cumulative effectscan be concerned with indirect, additive or even synergistic effects due to other projectsor activities or even induced developments on the same environmental components aswould be considered direct effects. But such impacts tend to involve larger scale VECssuch as within entire region, river basins or watersheds; and, broad social and economicVECs such as quality of life and the provincial economy. Once the VECs are identified,appropriate indicators may be selected for impact assessments on the respective VECs.4.3.4 Methods for identification of impactsThere are various factors which influence the approach adopted for the assessment ofdirect, indirect, cumulative impacts, etc. for a particular project. The method should bepractical and suitable for the project given the data, time and financial resources available.TGM for Distillery Industry 4-10 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIAHowever, the method adopted should be able to provide a meaningful conclusion fromwhich it would be possible to develop, where necessary, mitigation measures andmonitoring. Key points to consider when choosing the method(s) include:Nature of the impact(s)Availability and quality of dataAvailability of resources (time, finance and staff)The method chosen should not be complex, but should aim at presenting the results in away that can be easily understood by the developer, decision maker and the public. Acomparative analysis of major impact identification methods is given in the followingTable 4-1.ChecklistsMatricesNetworksOverlaysTable 4-1: Advantages and Disadvantages of Impact Identification MethodsDescription Advantages Disadvantages Annotate the environmentalfeatures that need to beaddressed when identifyingthe impacts of activities in theproject Identify the interactionbetween project activities(along one axis) andenvironmental characteristics(along other axis) using a gridlike table Entries are made in the cellswhich highlights impactseverity in the form ofsymbols or numbers ordescriptive comments Illustrate cause effectrelationship of projectactivities and environmentalcharacteristics Useful in identifyingsecondary impacts Useful for establishing impacthypothesis and otherstructured science basedapproaches to EIA Map the impacts spatially anddisplay them pictorially Useful for comparing site andplanning alternatives forrouting linear developments Can address cumulativeeffects Information incentive Simple tounderstand anduse Good for siteselection andpriority setting Simple rankingand weighting Link action toimpact Good method fordisplaying EIAresults Link action toimpact Useful insimplified formfor checking forsecond orderimpacts Handles directand indirectimpacts Easy tounderstand Good to displaymethod Good siting tool Do not distinguishbetween direct andindirect impacts Do not link actionand impact The process ofincorporatingvalues can becontroversial Difficult todistinguish directand indirectimpacts Significantpotential fordouble-counting ofimpacts Can become verycomplex if usedbeyond simplifiedversion Address only directimpacts Do not addressimpact duration orprobabilityGIS Maps the impacts spatially Easy to Do not addressTGM for Distillery Industry 4-11 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIA(GeographicalInformationSystems)Expert SystemDescription Advantages Disadvantagesand display them pictorially Useful for comparing site andplanning alternatives forrouting linear developments Can address cumulativeeffects Information incentive Assist diagnosis, problemsolving and decision making Needs inputs from user byanswering systematicallydeveloped questions toidentify impacts anddetermine their mitigabilityand significance Information intensive, highinvestment methods ofanalysisunderstand Good to displaymethod Good siting tool Excellent forimpactidentification andanalysis Excellent forimpactidentification andanalysis Good forexperimentingimpact duration orprobability Heavy reliance onknowledge anddata Often complex andexpensive Heavy reliance onknowledge anddata Often complex andexpensiveThe project team made an attempt to construct an impact matrix considering majorproject activities (generic operations) and stage-specific likely impacts which is given inTable 4-2.While the impact matrix is each project-specific, Table 4-2 may facilitate the stakeholdersin identifying a set of components and phase-specific project activities for determinationof likely impacts. However, the location-specific concerns may vary from case to case,therefore, the components even without likely impacts are also retained in the matrix forthe location-specific reference.TGM for Distillery Industry 4-12 August 2010

Operational Aspects of an EIAPRE-CONSTRUCTIONTable 4-2: Matrix of ImpactsCONSTRUCTION/ESTABLISHMENTOPERATION AND MAINTENANCE1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18ENVIRONMENTPHYSICALBIOLOCIALSoilCOMPONENTResourcesWaterTerrestrialfaunaParameter/FactorProjectActivityDetailed Topographic SurveyLand AcquirementSite ClearingBurning of wastes, refuse andcleared vegetationSite Preparation / Change inTopographyCivil works such as earthmoving and building ofstructures including temporarystructuresErosion RisksContamination * *Soil Quality * * *Fuels/ Electricity * *Construction material- stone, aggregates *Land especially undeveloped or*agricultural landInterpretation or Alteration of River*BedsAlteration of Hydraulic RegimeAlteration of surface run-off andinterflow* *Alteration of aquifers * *Contamination * *TemperatureAir quality * * * * * *Noise * * * * * *ClimateEffect on grass & flowers *Effect on trees & shrubs *Effect on farmland *Endangered species *Heavy Equipment operationsDisposal of construction wastesInflux of construction workersTransportation of materialMovement of Energy ReservesOperation of power source andgenerator facilitiesOperation of cooling systemsStorage of raw materials andFinished productsWaste managementTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-13

Operational Aspects of an EIAPRE-CONSTRUCTIONCONSTRUCTION/ESTABLISHMENTOPERATION AND MAINTENANCE1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18AquaticbiotaHabitat removalContamination of habitatsReduction of aquatic biota *Creation of new economic activities * * *Commercial value of properties *EconomyConflict due to negotiation and/compensation paymentsGeneration of temporary and permanentjobsEffect on crops * *Reduction of farmland productivity *Income for the state and private sector *** * * *Electricity tariffs *Savings in foreign currency for the stateEducation Training in new technologies * * *PublicorderInfrastructure andservicesTraining in new skills to workers *Political Conflicts * *Unrest, Demonstrations & SocialconflictsConflicts with projects of urban,commercial or Industrial development* * * * ** * * * * *Accidents caused by *SOCIALTemporary Chronic * *ChronicCultural Land use * * *TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-14

Operational Aspects of an EIAPRE-CONSTRUCTIONCONSTRUCTION/ESTABLISHMENTOPERATION AND MAINTENANCE1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18Recreation *Aesthetics and human interest * * * *Note:Cultural status *1. The above table represents a model for likely impacts, which will have to be arrived case-to-case basis considering VECs and significance analysis (Ref Section2.9).2. Project activities are shown as indicative. However, in Form 1 (application for EIA Clearance), for any question for which answer is ‘Yes’, then the correspondingactivity shall reflect in project activities. Similarly ‘parameters’/’factors’ will also be changed within a component in order to reflect the target species of primeconcern in the receiving local environment.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-15

Operational Aspects of an EIA4.3.5 Testing the Significance of impactsThe following set of conditions may be used as the checklist for testing the significanceof the impacts and also to provide information in Column IV of Form 1.Will there be a large change in environmental conditions?Will new features be out-of-scale with the existing environment?Will the effect be unusual in the area or particularly complex?Will the effect extend over a large area?Will there be any potential for trans-frontier impact?Will many people be affected?Will many receptors of other types (fauna and flora, businesses, facilities) beaffected?Will valuable or scarce features or resources be affected?Is there a risk that environmental standards will be breached?Is there a risk that protected sites, areas, features will be affected?Is there a high probability of the effect occurring?Will the effect continue for a long time?Will the effect be permanent rather than temporary?Will the impact be continuous rather than intermittent?If it is intermittent will it be frequent rather than rare?Will the impact be irreversible?Will it be difficult to avoid, or reduce or repair or compensate for the effect?For each “Yes” answer in column 3, the nature of effects and reasons for it should berecorded in column 4. The questions are designed so that a “Yes” answer in column 3,will generally point towards the need for analyzing for the significance and requirementfor conducting impact assessment for the effect.4.3.6 Terms of reference for EIA studiesToR for EIA studies in respect of Distilleries may include, but not limited to thefollowing:1) Executive summary of the project – giving a prima facie idea of the objectives of theproposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In addition, it should provide acompilation of EIA report inclduing EMP and post-project monitoring plan in brief.Project description2) Justification for selecting the proposed unit size.3) Land requirement for the project including its break up for various purpose, itsavailability and optimization.4) Details of proposed layout clearly demarcating various units within the plant.5) Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operations,along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).6) Number of working days in the distillery unit.7) Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meetthe national standards.8) Details on requirement of raw materials, its source and storage at the plant.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-16

Operational Aspects of an EIA9) Details on requirement of energy and water along with its source and authorizationfrom the concerned department.10) Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused.Efforts to minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving waterbody.11) Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specificefficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all concerned/regulatedenvironmental parameters.12) Details of the proposed methods of water conservation and recharging.13) Detailed plan of spent wash utilization / management.14) Detailed plan of molasses storage as per the CPCB latest guidelines.15) Management plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization anddisposal including boiler ash utilization and disposal.16) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel storage, restroom,etc. to the workers during construction and operation phase.17) In case of expansion of existing industries, remediation measures adopted to restorethe environmental quality if the groundwater, soil, crop, air, etc are affected and adetailed compliance to the environmental clearance/consent conditions.18) Any litigation pending against the project and /or any direction /order passed by anyCourt of Law related to the environmental pollution and impacts in the last two years,if so, details thereof.Description of the environment19) The study area shall be up to a distance of 10 km from the boundary of the proposedproject site.20) Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distances from the project site tobe demarcated on a toposheet (1: 50000 scale).21) Landuse based on satellite imagery including location specific sensitivities such asnational parks / wildlife sanctuary, villages, industries, etc. for the study area.22) Demography details of all the villages falling within the study area.23) Topography details of the project area.24) The baseline data to be collected from the study area w.r.t. different components ofenvironment viz. air, noise, water, land, and biology and socio-economic (please referSection 4.4.2 for guidance for assessment of baseline components and identifyattributes of concern). Actual monitoring of baseline environmental components shallbe strictly according to the parameters prescribed in the ToR after considering theproposed coverage of parameters by the proponent in draft ToR and shall commenceafter finalization of ToR by the competent Authority.25) Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study area.26) Surface water quality of nearby water sources and other surface drains.27) Details on ground water quality around the plant and compost yard.28) Details on water quality for the parameters such as Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD,COD, Total Suspended Solids, TDS, Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil &Grease, Total Coliform bacteria etc.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-17

Operational Aspects of an EIA29) Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions forPM10, PM 2.5, SO 2 *, NOx*, carbon oxides (CO and CO 2 ), etc., and evaluation of theadequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for pointsources and to meet AAQ standards. (* - As applicable)30) The air quality contours may be plotted on a location map showing the location ofproject site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any and wind roses.31) Details on noise levels at sensitive/commercial receptors.32) Site-specific micro-meteorological data including mixing height.33) One season site-specific data excluding monsoon season.34) Proposed baseline monitoring network for the consideration and approval of theCompetent Authority.35) Ecological status (terrestrial and aquatic) of the study area such as habitat type andquality, species, diversity, rarity, fragmentation, ecological linkage, age, abundance,etc.36) If any incompatible land use attributes fall with in the study area, proponent shalldescribe the sensitivity (distance, area and significance) and propose the additionalpoints based on significance for review and acceptance by the EAC/SEAC.Incompatible land use attributes include:- Public water supply areas from rivers/surface water bodies, from ground water- Scenic areas/tourism areas/hill resorts- Religious places, pilgrim centers that attract over 10 lakh pilgrims a year- Protected tribal settlements (notified tribal areas where industrial activity is notpermitted)- CRZ (Coastal Regulatory Zone)- Monuments of national significance, World Heritage Sites- Cyclone, Tsunami prone areas (based on last 25 years)- Airport areas- Any other feature as specified by the State or local government and other featuresas locally applicable, including prime agricultural lands, pastures, migratorycorridors, etc.37) If ecologically sensitive attributes fall with in a 5 km radius of the project boundary,proponent shall describe the sensitivity (distance, area and significance) and proposethe additional points based on significance for review and acceptance by theEAC/SEAC. Ecological sensitive attributes include:- National parks- Wild life sanctuaries Game reserve- Mangrove area- Wetlands- Reserved and Protected forests, etc,- Any other closed/protected area under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, anyother area locally applicable38) If the location falls in a valley, specific issues connected to the management ofnatural resources shall be studied and presented.39) If the location falls in CRZ area: A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of theauthorized agencies demarcating LTL, HTL, CRZ area, location of the project andassociate facilities w.r.t. CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-18

Operational Aspects of an EIA- Provide the CRZ map in 1:10000 scale in general cases and in 1:5000 scale forspecific observations.- Proposed site for disposal of dredged material and environmental quality at thepoint of disposal/impact areas.- Fisheries study should be done w.r.t. Benthos and Marine organic material andcoastal fisheries.Anticipated environmental impacts & mitigation measures40) Anticipated generic environmental impacts due to this project are indicated in Table4-2, which may be evaluated for significance and based on corresponding likelyimpacts VECs may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted for all theconcerned VECs and likely impacts will have to be assessed for their magnitude inorder to identify mitigation measures (please refer Chapter 4 of the manual forguidance).41) Tools as given in Section 4.4.3 may be referred for the appropriate assessment ofenvironmental impacts and same may be submitted in draft ToR for consideration andapproval by EAC/SEAC.42) While identifying the likely impacts, also include the following for analysis ofsignificance and required mitigation measures:- impacts due to transportation of raw materials and end products on thesurrounding environment- impacts on surface water, soil and groundwater- impacts due to air pollution- impacts due to odour pollution- impacts due to noise- impacts due to fugitive emissions- impact on health of workers due to proposed project activities43) Impact on drainage of the area and the surroundings.44) Proposed measures for occupational safety and health of the workers.45) Proposed odour control measures.46) Action plan for the greenbelt development – species, width of plantations, planningschedule etc. in accordance to CPCB published guidelines.47) In case of likely impact from the proposed project on the surrounding reserve forests,Plan for the conservation of wild fauna in consultation with the State ForestDepartment.48) For identifying the mitigation measures, please refer Chapter III for source controland treatment. Besides typical mitigation measures which may also be considered arediscussed in Table 4-5.Analysis of alternative resources and technologies49) Comparison of alternate sites considered and the reasons for selecting the proposedsite. Conformity of the site with the prescribed guidelines in terms of CRZ, river,highways, railways etc.50) Details on improved technologies.51) Details on proposed recovery options.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-19

Operational Aspects of an EIAEnvironmental monitoring program52) Monitoring programme for pollution control at source.53) Monitoring pollutants at receiving environment for the appropriate notifiedparameters – air quality, groundwater, surface water, etc. during operational phase ofthe project.54) Specific programme to monitor safety and health protection of workers.55) Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and proposed, to assess thepossible residual impacts on VECs.56) Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and the recognized agencies if proposedfor conducting monitoring.Additional studies57) Details on risk assessment and damage control during different phases of the projectand proposed safeguard measures.58) Details on socio-economic development activities such as commercial propertyvalues, generation of jobs, education, social conflicts, cultural status, accidents, etc.59) Proposed plan to handle the socio-economic influence on the local community. Theplan should include quantitative dimension as far as possible.60) Details on compensation package for the people affected by the project, consideringthe socio-economic status of the area, homestead oustees, land oustees, and landlesslabourers.61) Points identified in the public hearing and commitment of the project proponent to thesame. Detailed action plan addressing the issues raised, and the details of necessaryallocation of funds.Environmental management plan62) Administrative and technical organizational structure to ensure proposed post-projectmonitoring programme for approved mitigation measures.63) EMP devised to mitigate the adverse impacts of the project should be provided alongwith item-wise cost of its implementation (capital and recurring costs).64) Allocation of resources and responsibilities for plan implementation.65) Details of the emergency preparedness plan and on-site and off-site disastermanagement plan.Note:Above points shall be adequately addressed in the EIA report at corresponding chapters, inaddition to the contents given in the reporting structure (Table 4-6).4.4 Environmental Impact AssessmentThe approach for accomplishing EIA studies is shown in Figure 4.3. Each stage isdiscussed, in detail in subsequent sections.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-20

Operational Aspects of an EIAFigure 4-3: Approach for EIA Study4.4.1 EIA teamThe success of a multi-functional activity like an EIA primarily depends on constitutionof a right team at the right time (preferable at the initial stages of an EIA) in order toassess the significant impacts (direct, indirect as well as cumulative impacts).The professional Team identified for a specific EIA study should consist of qualified andexperienced professionals from various disciplines, in order to address the critical aspectsidentified for the specific project. Based on the nature and the environmental setting,following professionals may be identified for EIA studies:Environmental management specialist/ environmental regulatorAir and Noise qualityOccupational healthGeology/geo-hydrologyEcologistTransportation specialistSafety and health specialistSocial scientistOrganic chemistry specialist, etc.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-21

Operational Aspects of an EIA4.4.2 Baseline quality of the environmentEIA Notification 2006 specifies that an EIA Report should contain a description of theexisting environment that would be or might be affected directly or indirectly by theproposed project. Environmental Baseline Monitoring (EBM) is a very important stageof EIA. On one hand EBM plays a very vital role in EIA and on the other hand itprovides feedback about the actual environmental impacts of a project. EBM during theoperational phase helps in judging the success of mitigation measures in protecting theenvironment. Mitigation measures, in turn are used to ensure compliance withenvironmental standards, and to facilitate any needed project design or operationalchanges.Description of the existing environment should include natural, cultural, socio-economicsystems and their interrelationships. The intention is not to describe all baselineconditions, but to focus the collection and description of baseline data on those VECs thatare important and are affected by the proposed distillery project activity.4.4.2.1 Objective of EBM in the EIA contextThe term ‘baseline’ refers to conditions existing before development against whichsubsequent changes can be referenced. EBM studies are carried out to:Identify environmental conditions which might influence project design decisions(e.g., site layout, structural or operational characteristics)Identify sensitive issues or areas requiring mitigation or compensationProvide input data to analytical models used for predicting effectsProvide baseline data against which the results of future monitoring programs can becomparedAt this stage of EIA process, EBM is primarily discussed in the context of first purposewherein feedback from EBM programs may be used to:determine available assimilative capacity of different environmental componentswithin the designated impact zone and whether more or less stringent mitigationmeasures are needed; andimprove predictive capability of EIAs.There are many institutional, scientific, quality control, and fiscal issues that must beaddressed in implementation of an environmental monitoring program. Carefulconsideration of these issues in the design and planning stages will avoid many of thepitfalls associated with environmental monitoring programs.4.4.2.2 Environmental monitoring network designMonitoring refers to the collection of data through a series of repetitive measurements ofenvironmental parameters (or, more generally, to a process of systematic observation).Design of the environmental quality monitoring programme depends up on themonitoring objectives specified for the selected area of interest. Types of monitoring andnetwork design considerations are discussed in Annexure VII.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-22

Operational Aspects of an EIA4.4.2.3 Baseline data generationList of important physical environmental components and indicators of EBM are given inTable 4-3.Table 4-3: List of Important Physical Environment Components and Indicators ofEBMEnvironmental ComponentEnvironmental IndicatorsClimatic variables Rainfall patterns – mean, mode, seasonality Temperature patterns Extreme events Climate change projections Prevailing wind - direction, speed, anomalies Relative humidity Stability conditions and mixing height, etc.Topography Slope form Landform and terrain analysis Specific landform types, etc.Drainage Surface hydrology Natural drainage pattern and network Rainfall runoff relationships Hydrogeology Groundwater characteristics – springs, etc.Soil Type and characteristics Porosity and permeability Sub-soil permeability Run-off rate Infiltration capacity Effective depth (inches/centimeters) Inherent fertility Suitability for method of sewage disposal, etc.Geology Underlying rock type, texture Surgical material Geologic structures (faults, shear zones, etc.) Geologic resources (minerals, etc.)Water Raw water availability Water quality Surface water (rivers, lakes, ponds, gullies) – quality,water depths, flooding areas, etc. Ground water – water table, local aquifer storagecapacity, specific yield, specific retention, water leveldepths and fluctuations, etc. Coastal Floodplains Wastewater discharges Waste discharges, etc.Air Ambient Respirable Airshed importance Odour levels, etc.Noise Identifying sources of noise Noise due to traffic/transportation of vehiclesTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-23

Operational Aspects of an EIAEnvironmental ComponentEnvironmental Indicators Noise due to heavy equipment operations Duration and variations in noise over time, etc.Coastal dynamics and Wave patternsmorphology Currents Shoreline morphology – near shore, foreshore Sediment – characteristics and transport, etc.Biological Species composition of flora and fauna Flora – type, density, exploitation, etc. Fauna – distribution, abundance, rarity, migratory,species diversity, habitat requirements, habitat resilience,economic significance, commercial value, etc. Fisheries – migratory species, species with commercial/recreational value, etc.Landuse Landuse pattern, etc.Guidance for assessment of baseline components and attributes describing samplingnetwork, sampling frequency, method of measurement is given in Annexure VIII.Infrastructure requirements for EBMIn addition to devising a monitoring network design and monitoring plans/program, it isalso necessary to ensure adequate resources in terms of staffing and skills, equipment,training, budget, etc., for its implementation. Besides assigning institutionalresponsibility, reporting requirements, QA/QC plans and its enforcement capability areessential. A monitoring program that does not have an infrastructural support andQA/QC component will have little chance of success.Defining data statistics/analyses requirementsThe data analyses to be conducted are dictated by the objectives of the environmentalmonitoring program. Statistical methods used to analyze data should be described indetail prior to data collection. This is important because repetitive observations arerecorded in time and space. Besides, the statistical methods could also be chosen so thatuncertainty or error estimates in the data can be quantified. For e.g., statistical methodsuseful in an environmental monitoring program include: 1) frequency distributionanalysis; 2) analysis of variance; 3) analysis of covariance; 4) cluster analysis; 5) multipleregression analysis; 6) time series analysis; 7) the application of statistical models (ADB-Green, 1979).Use of secondary dataThe EBM program for EIA can at best address temporal and/or spatial variations limitedto a limited extent because of cost implications and time limitations. Therefore analysisof all available information or data is essential to establish the regional profiles. So allthe relevant secondary data available for different environmental components should becollated and analyzed.To facilitate stake-holders, IL&FS Ecosmart Ltd., has made an attempt to compile the listof information required for EIA studies and sources of secondary data, which are given inAnnexure IXA and Annexure IXB.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-24

Operational Aspects of an EIA4.4.3 Impact prediction toolsThe scientific and technical credibility of an EIA relies on the ability of the EIApractitioners to estimate the nature, extent, and magnitude of change in environmentalcomponents that may result from project activities. Information about predicted changesis needed for assigning impact significance, prescribing mitigation measures, anddesigning and developing EMPs and monitoring programs. The more accurate thepredictions, the more confident the EIA practitioner will be in prescribing specificmeasures to eliminate or minimize the adverse impacts of development project.Choice of models/methods for impact predictions in respect to air, noise, water, land,biological and socio-economic environment are tabulated in Annexure X.4.4.4 Significance of the impactsEvaluating the significance of environmental effects is perhaps the most criticalcomponent of impact analysis. More than other components, however, the interpretationof significance is also a contentious process. The interpretation of significance bearsdirectly on the subsequent EIA process and also during environmental clearance onproject approvals and condition setting. At an early stage, it also enters into screening andscoping decisions on what level of assessment is required and which impacts and issueswill be addressed.Impact significance is also a key to choosing among alternatives. In total, the attributionof significance continues throughout the EIA process, from scoping to EIS review, in agradually narrowing “cone of resolution” in which one stage sets up the next. But at thisstage it is the most important as better understanding and quantification of impactsignificance is required.One common approach is based on determination of the significance of predicted changesin the baseline environmental characteristics and compares these with reference toregulatory standards, objective criteria and similar ‘thresholds’ as eco-sensitivity, cultural/religious values. Often, these are outlined in guidance. A better test proposed by theCEAA (1995) is to determine if ‘residual’ environmental effects are adverse, significant,and likely (given under). But at this stage, the practice of formally evaluatingsignificance of residual impacts, i.e., after predicting the nature and magnitude of impactsbased on before-versus-after-project comparisons, and identifying measures to mitigatethese effects is not being followed in a systematic way.Step 1: Are the environmental effects adverse?Criteria for determining if effects are “adverse” include:Effects on biota healthEffects on rare or endangered speciesReductions in species diversityHabitat lossTransformation of natural landscapesEffects on human healthEffects on current use of lands and resources for traditional purposes by aboriginalpersons; andForeclosure of future resource use or productionTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-25

Operational Aspects of an EIAStep 2: Are the adverse environmental effects significant?Criteria for determining ‘significance’ are to judge that the impacts:Are extensive over space or timeAre intensive in concentration or proportion to assimilative capacityExceed environmental standards or thresholdsDo not comply with environmental policies, landuse plans, sustainability strategyAdversely and seriously affect ecologically sensitive areasAdversely and seriously affect heritage resources, other landuses, community lifestyleand/or indigenous peoples traditions and valuesStep 3: Are the significant adverse environmental effects likely?Criteria for determining ‘likelihood’ include:Probability of occurrence, andScientific uncertainty4.5 Social Impact AssessmentSocial Impact Assessment (SIA) is an instrument used to analyze social issues and solicitstakeholder views for the design of projects. SIA helps in making the project responsiveto social development concerns, including options that enhance benefits for poor andvulnerable people while mitigating risk and adverse impacts. It analyzes distributionalimpacts of intended project benefits on different stakeholder groups, and identifiesdifferences in assets and capabilities to access the project benefits.The scope and depth of SIA should be determined by the complexity and importance ofthe issues studied, taking into account the skills and resources available. SIA shouldinclude studies related to involuntary resettlement, compulsory land acquisition, impact ofimported workforces, job losses among local people, damage to sites of cultural, historicor scientific interest, impact on minority or vulnerable groups, child or bonded labour, useof armed security guards. However, SIA may primarily include the following::Description of the Socio-economic, Cultural and Institutional ProfileConduct a rapid review of available sources of information to describe the socioeconomic,cultural and institutional interface in which the project operates.Socio-economic and cultural profile: Describe the most significant social, economic andcultural features that differentiate social groups in the project area. Describe theirdifferent interests in the project, and their levels of influence. Explain specific effects theproject may have on the poor and underprivileged. Identify any known conflicts amonggroups that may affect project implementation.Institutional profile: Describe the institutional environment; consider both the presenceand function of public, private and civil society institutions relevant to the operation. Arethere important constraints within existing institutions e.g. disconnect betweeninstitutional responsibilities and the interests and behaviors of personnel within thoseinstitutions? Or are there opportunities to utilize the potential of existing institutions, e.g.private or civil society institutions, to strengthen implementation capacityTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-26

Operational Aspects of an EIALegislative and regulatory considerationsTo review laws and regulations governing the project’s implementation and access ofpoor and excluded groups to goods, services and opportunities provided by the project. Inaddition, review the enabling environment for public participation and developmentplanning. Social analysis should build on strong aspects of legal and regulatory systemsto facilitate program implementation and identify weak aspects while recommendingalternative arrangements.Key social issuesSIA provides baseline information for designing the social development strategy. Theanalysis should determine the key social and Institutional issues which affect the projectobjectives; identify the key stakeholder groups in this context and determine howrelationships between stakeholder groups will affect or be affected by the project; andidentify expected social development outcomes and actions proposed to achieve thoseoutcomes.Data collection and methodologyDescribe the design and methodology for social analysis. In this regard:Build on existing data;Clarify the units of analysis for social assessment: intra-household, household level,as well as communities/settlements and other relevant social aggregations on whichdata is available or will be collected for analysis;Choose appropriate data collection and analytical tools and methods, employingmixed methods wherever possible; mixed methods include a mix of quantitative andqualitative methods.Strategy to achieve social development outcomesIdentify the likely social development outcomes of the project and propose a socialdevelopment strategy, including recommendations for institutional arrangements toachieve them, based on the findings of the social assessment. The social developmentstrategy could include measures that:strengthen social inclusion by ensuring inclusion of both poor and excluded groupsand intended beneficiaries are included in the benefit stream; offer access toopportunities created by the projectempower stakeholders through their participation in the design and implementation ofthe project, their access to information, and their increased voice and accountability(i.e. a participation framework); andenhance security by minimizing and managing likely social risks and increasing theresilience of intended beneficiaries and affected persons to socioeconomic shocksImplications for analysis of alternativesReview proposed approaches for the project, and compare them in terms of their relativeimpacts and social development outcomes. Consider what implications the findings ofthe social assessment might have on those approaches. Should some new components beadded to the approach, or other components be reconsidered or modified?TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-27

Operational Aspects of an EIAIf SIA and consultation processes indicate that alternative approaches may have betterdevelopment outcomes, such alternatives should be described and considered, along withthe likely budgetary and administrative effects these changes might have.Recommendations for project design and implementation arrangementsProvide guidance to project management and other stakeholders on how to integratesocial development issues into project design and implementation arrangements. Asmuch as possible, suggest specific action plans or implementation mechanisms to addressrelevant social issues and potential impacts. These can be developed as integrated orseparate action plans, for example, as Resettlement Action Plans, Indigenous PeoplesDevelopment Plans, Community Development Plans, etc.Developing a monitoring planThrough SIA process, a framework for monitoring and evaluation should be developed.To the extent possible, this should be done in consultation with key stakeholders,especially beneficiaries and affected people. The framework shall identify expectedsocial development indicators, establish benchmarks, and design systems andmechanisms for measuring progress and results related to social development objectives.The framework shall identify organizational responsibilities in terms of monitoring,supervision, and evaluation procedures. Where possible, participatory monitoringmechanisms shall be incorporated. The framework shoulda set of monitoring indicators to track the progress achieved. The benchmarks andindicators should be limited in number, and should combine both quantitative andqualitative types of data. Indicators for outputs to be achieved by the socialdevelopment strategy should include indicators to monitor the process of stakeholderparticipation, implementation and institutional reformindicators to monitor social risk and social development outcomes; and indicators tomonitor impacts of the project’s social development strategy. It is important tosuggest mechanisms through which lessons learnt from monitoring and stakeholderfeedback can result in changes to improve the operation of the project. Indicatorsshould be of such a nature that results and impacts can be disaggregated by genderand other relevant social groupsdefine transparent evaluation procedures. Depending on context, these may include acombination of methods, such as participant observation, key informant interviews,focus group discussions, census and socio-economic surveys, gender analysis,Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA), Participatory Poverty Assessment (PPA)methodologies, and other tools. Such procedures should be tailored to the specialconditions of the project and to the different groups living in the project area;Estimate resource and budget requirements for monitoring and evaluation activities,and a description of other inputs (such as institutional strengthening and capacitybuilding) needs to be carried out4.6 Risk AssessmentIndustrial accidents results in great personal and financial loss. Managing theseaccidental risks in today’s environment is the concern of every industry includingdistillery units, because either real or perceived incidents can quickly jeopardize thefinancial viability of a business. Many facilities involve various manufacturing processesTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-28

Operational Aspects of an EIAthat have the potential for accidents which may be catastrophic to the plant, work force,environment, or public.The main objective of risk assessment study is to propose a comprehensive but simpleapproach to carry out risk analysis and conducting feasibility studies for industries,planning and management of industrial prototype hazard analysis study in Indian context.Risk analysis and risk assessment (Figure 4-4) should provide details on QuantitativeRisk Assessment (QRA) techniques used world-over to determine risk posed to peoplewho work inside or live near hazardous facilities, and to aid in preparing effectiveemergency response plans by delineating a Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to handleonsite and offsite emergencies. Hence, QRA is an invaluable method for makinginformed risk-based process safety and environmental impact planning decisions, as wellas being fundamental to any decision for siting a facility. QRA whether, site-specific orrisk-specific for any plant is complex and needs extensive study that involves processunderstanding, hazard identification, consequence modeling, probability data,vulnerability models/data, local weather and terrain conditions and local population data.QRA may be carried out to serve the following objectives:Identification of safety areasIdentification of hazard sourcesGeneration of accidental release scenarios for escape of hazardous materials from thefacilityIdentification of vulnerable units with recourse to hazard indicesEstimation of damage distances for the accidental release scenarios with recourse toMaximum Credible Accident (MCA) analysisHazard and Operability studies (HAZOP) in order to identify potential failure cases ofsignificant consequencesEstimation of probability of occurrences of hazardous event through fault treeanalysis and computation of reliability of various control pathsAssessment of risk on basis of above evaluation against the risk acceptability criteriarelevant to the situationSuggest risk mitigation measures based on engineering judgement, reliability and riskanalysis approachesDelineation / up-gradation of Disaster Management Plan (DMP)Safety Reports: with external safety report/ occupational safety reportThe risk assessment report may cover the following in terms of the extent of damage withresource to MCA analysis and delineation of risk mitigations measures with an approachto DMP.Hazard identification – identification of hazardous activities, hazardous materials,past accident records, etc.Hazard quantification – consequence analysis to assess the impactsRisk PresentationRisk Mitigation MeasuresDMPsTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-29

Operational Aspects of an EIAFigure 4-4: Risk Assessment – Conceptual FrameworkMethods of risk prediction should cover all the design intentions and operatingparameters to quantify risk in terms of probability of occurrence of hazardous events andmagnitude of its consequence. Table 4-4 shows the predicted models for risk assessment.EFFECTWHAZANEGADISTable 4-4: Guidance for Accidental Risk AssessmentName Application RemarksHAZOP and FaultTree AssessmentPathways reliabilityand protective systemhazard analysisVulnerabilityExposure modelsConsequence Analysis forVisualization of accidental chemicalrelease scenarios & its consequenceConsequence Analysis forVisualization of accidental chemicalrelease scenarios & its consequenceConsequence Analysis forVisualization of accidental chemicalrelease scenarios & its consequenceHeat load, press wave & toxicrelease exposure neutral gasdispersionDense gas dispersionFor estimating top event probability Failure frequency data isrequiredFor estimating reliability ofequipments and protective systemsMarkov modelsEstimation of population exposure Uses probit equation forpopulation exposureF-X and F-N curves Individual / Societal risks Graphical RepresentationTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-30

Operational Aspects of an EIAFigure 4-5: Comprehensive Risk Assessment - At a GlanceTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-31

Operational Aspects of an EIA4.6.1 Disaster management planA disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged intohelplessness and suffering and, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical andsocial care and other necessities of life.DMP is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection ofinstallation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order ofpriorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widely circulated and apersonnel training is to be provided through rehearsals/drills.To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the plant or immediate vicinityof the plant, a Disaster Management Plan has to be formulated and this plannedemergency document is called “Disaster Management Plan”.The objective of DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the plant and theoutside services to achieve the following:Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualtiesSafeguard other peopleMinimize damage to property and the environmentInitially contain and ultimately bring the incident under controlIdentify any deadProvide for the needs of relativesProvide authoritative information to the news mediaSecure the safe rehabilitation of affected areaPreserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause andcircumstances of the emergencyIn effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and rendermedical help and to restore normalcy.DMP should include Emergency Preparedness Plan, Emergency Response Team,Emergency Communication, Emergency Responsibilities, Emergency Facilities, andEmergency ActionsEmergency preparedness planIncidents, accidents and contingency preparedness should be accounted duringconstruction and operation process. This shall be a part of EMS. Emergency PreparednessPlan (EPP) should be prepared following the National Environmental Emergency Planand OSHA guidelines. According to these guidelines, an environmental emergency planwould essentially provide the following information:Assignment of duties and responsibilities among the authorities, participatingagencies, response team, their coordinators and/or those responsible for the pollutionincidentRelationship with other emergency plansA reporting system that ensures rapid notification in the event of a pollution incidentThe establishment of a focal point for coordination and directions connected to theimplementation of the planTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-32

Operational Aspects of an EIAResponse operations should always cover these four phases:Discovery and alarmEvaluation, notification and plan invocationContainment and countermeasuresCleanup and disposalIdentification of expertise and response resources available for assistance for theimplementation of planDirections on necessary emergency provisions applicable to the handling, treatmentor disposal of certain pollutantsLink to the local community for assistance, if necessarySupport measures, such as procedures for providing public information, carrying outsurveillance, issuing post-incident reports, review and updating of the plan, andperiodic exercising of the plan.Emergency responseVarious industrial activities within the project facility are always subjected to accidentsand incidents of many a kind. Therefore, a survey of potential incidents and accidents isto be carried out. Based on this, a plan for response to incidents, injuries and emergenciesshould be prepared. Response to emergencies should ensure that:The exposure of workers should be limited as much as possible during the operationContaminated areas should be cleaned and if necessary disinfectedLimited impact on the environment at the extent possibleWritten procedures for different types of emergencies should be prepared and the entireworkforce should be trained in emergency response. All relevant emergency responseequipment should also be readily available.With regard to dangerous spills, associated cleanup and fire fighting operations should becarried out by specially allocated and trained personnel.Response teamIt is important to setup an Emergency Organization. A senior executive who has controlover the affairs of the plant would be heading the Emergency Organization. He would bedesignated at Site Controller. Manager (Safety) would be designated as the IncidentController. In case of stores, utilities, open areas, which are not under control of theProduction Heads, Senior Executive responsible for maintenance of utilities would bedesignated as Incident Controller. All the Incident Controllers would be reporting to theSite Controller.Each Incident Controller organizes a team responsible for controlling the incidence withthe personnel under his control. Shift in charge would be reporting officer, who wouldbring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence Controller and Site Controller.Emergency Coordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilitieslike firefighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential & support services.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-33

Operational Aspects of an EIAFor this purposes, Security In charge, Personnel Department, Essential services personnelwould be engaged. All these personnel would be designated as key personnel.In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in charge, and othermaintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of power orcommunication system failure, some of staff members in the office/facility would bedrafted and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick passing ofcommunications. All these personnel would be declared as essential personnel.Response to injuriesBased on a survey of possible injuries, a procedure for response to injuries or exposure tohazardous substances should be established. All staff should have minimum of training tosuch response and the procedure ought to include the following:Immediate first aid, such as eye splashing, cleansing of wounds and skin, andbandagingImmediate reporting to a responsible designated personIf possible, retention of the item and details of its source for identification of possiblehazardsRapid additional medical care from medical personnelMedical surveillanceRecording of the incidentInvestigation, determination and implementation of remedial actionIt is vital that incident reporting should be straightforward so that reporting is actuallycarried out.Emergency communicationWhoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakage etc. wouldinform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center. The person on duty in theEmergency Control Center, would appraise the Site Controller. Site Controller verifiesthe situation from the Incident Controller of that area or the Shift In charge and takes adecision about an impending On-site Emergency. This would be communicated to all theIncident Controllers, Emergency Coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warningsystem would be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller.Emergency responsibilitiesThe responsibilities of the key personnel should be defined for the following:Site controllerIncident controllerEmergency coordinator - rescue, fire fighting Emergency coordinator-medical, mutual aid, rehabilitation, transport andcommunicationEmergency coordinator - essential servicesTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-34

Operational Aspects of an EIAEmployers responsibilityEmergency facilitiesEmergency Control Center – with access to important personnel, telephone, fax, telexfacility, safe contained breathing apparatus, hand tools, emergency shut downprocedures, duties and contact details of key personnel and government agencies,emergency equipments, etc.Assembly Point – with minimum facilities for safety and rescueEmergency Power Supply – connected with diesel generator, flame proof emergencylamps, etc.Fire Fighting Facilities – first aid fire fighting equipments, fire alarms, etc.Location of wind Stock – located at appropriate location to indicate the direction ofwind for emergency escapeEmergency Medical Facilities – Stretchers, gas masks, general first aid, emergencycontrol room, breathing apparatus, other emergency medical equipment, ambulanceEmergency actionsEmergency warningEvacuation of PersonnelAll Clear SignalPublic information and warningCoordination with local authoritiesMutual aidMock drills4.7 Mitigation MeasuresThe purpose of mitigation is to identify measures that safeguard the environment and thecommunity affected by the proposal. Mitigation is both a creative and practical phase ofthe EIA process. It seeks to find the best ways and means of avoiding, minimizing andremedying impacts. Mitigation measures must be translated into action in the right wayand at the right time, if they are to be successful. This process is referred to as impactmanagement and takes place during project implementation. A written plan should beprepared for this purpose, and should include a schedule of agreed actions. Opportunitiesfor impact mitigation will occur throughout the project cycle.4.7.1 Important considerations for mitigation methodsThe responsibility of project proponents to ‘internalize’ the full environmental costs ofdevelopment proposals is now widely accepted under “Polluter Pay” principle. Inaddition, many proponents have found that good design and impact management canresult in significant savings applying the principles of cleaner production to improve theirenvironmental performance.The predicted adverse environmental as well as social impacts for which mitigationmeasures are required should be identified and briefly summarized along with crossTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-35

Operational Aspects of an EIAreferencing them to the significance, prediction components of the EIA report orother documentation.Each mitigation measure should be briefly described w.r.t the impact of significancesto which it relates and the conditions under which it is required (for example,continuously or in the event of contingencies). These should also be cross-referencedto the project design and operating procedures which elaborate on the technicalaspects of implementing the various measures.Cost and responsibilities for mitigation and monitoring should be clearly defined,including arrangements for coordination among the various Authorities responsiblefor mitigation.The proponent can use the EMP to develop environmental performance standards andrequirements for the project site as well as supply chain. An EMP can beimplemented through EMS for the operational phase of the project.Prior to selecting mitigation plans it is appropriate to study the mitigation alternatives forcost-effectiveness, technical and socio-political feasibility. Such mitigation measurescould include:Avoiding sensitive areas such as eco-sensitive area e.g. fish spawning areas, densemangrove areas or areas known to contain rare or endangered speciesAdjusting work schedules to minimize disturbanceEngineered structures such as berms and noise attenuation barriersPollution control devices, such as scrubbers and electrostatic precipitatorsChanges in fuel feed, manufacturing, process, technology use, or waste managementpractices, etc.Other generic measuresExtend education facility and vocational training to the children of the neighbouringvillages.Extend hospital facilities for adjacent villages and provide community with watersupply.Develop community projects to improve rural economy, health and sanitationstandards, animal husbandry, etc.Conduct mass awareness programmes for villagers, township residents andemployees about the chemicals / raw materials being used in the plant, emergencypreparedness of the industry, etc.Develop green belt / greenery in and around the plant.Develop infrastructure like roads, power supply, transport, etc.Adopt rainwater harvesting to recharge the ground water. Adopt accredited Environment Management Systems: ISO 14001, OHSAS – 18001.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-36

Operational Aspects of an EIA4.7.2 Hierarchy of elements of mitigation planFigure 4-6: Hierarchy of Elements of Mitigation PlanA good EIA practice requires technical understanding of relevant issues and the measuresthat work in such given circumstances. The priority of selection of mitigation measuresshould be in the order:Step One: Impact avoidanceThis step is most effective when applied at an early stage of project planning. It can beachieved by:Not undertaking certain projects or elements that could result in adverse impactsAvoiding areas that are environmentally sensitivePutting in place the preventative measures to stop adverse impacts from occurring, forexample, release of water from a reservoir to maintain a fisheries regimeStep Two: Impact minimizationThis step is usually taken during impact identification and prediction to limit or reducethe degree, extent, magnitude, or duration of adverse impacts. It can be achieved by:Scaling down or relocating the proposalRedesigning elements of the projectTaking supplementary measures to manage the impactsStep Three: Impact compensationThis step is usually applied to remedy unavoidable residual adverse impacts. It can beachieved by:Rehabilitation of the affected site or environment, for example, by habitatenhancement and restocking fishRestoration of the affected site or environment to its previous state or better, astypically required for mine sites, forestry roads and seismic linesReplacement of the same resource values at another location, for example, by wetlandengineering to provide an equivalent area to that lost to drainage or infillTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-37

Operational Aspects of an EIAImportant Compensation ElementsSpecial considerations apply to mitigation of proposals that displace or disrupt people.Certain types of projects, such as reservoirs and irrigation schemes and public works, areknown to cause involuntary resettlement. This is a contentious issue because it involvesfar more than re-housing people; in addition, income sources and access to commonproperty resources are likely to be lost. Almost certainly, a resettlement plan will berequired to ensure that no one is worse off than before, which may not be possible forindigenous people whose culture and lifestyle is tied to a locality. This plan must includethe means for those displaced to reconstruct their economies and communities and shouldinclude an EIA of the receiving areas. Particular attention should be given to indigenous,minority and vulnerable groups who are at higher risk from resettlement.In-kind CompensationWhen significant or net residual loss or damage to the environment is likely, in kindcompensation is appropriate. As noted earlier, environmental rehabilitation, restorationor replacement have become standard practices for many proponents. Now, increasingemphasis is given to a broader range of compensation measures to offset impacts andassure the sustainability of development proposals. These include impact compensation‘trading’, such as offsetting CO 2 emissions by planting forests to sequester carbon.4.7.3 Typical mitigation measuresChoice of location for the developmental activity plays an important role in preventingadverse impacts on surrounding environment. Detailed guidelines on siting of industriesare provided in Section 4.2. However, if the developmental activity still produces anymore adverse impacts, mitigation measures should be taken.Previous sub-sections of the Section 4.7 could be precisely summarized into following:Impacts from a developmental project could have many dimensions. As most of thedirect impacts are caused by the releases from developmental projects, often controlat source is the best opportunity to either eliminate or mitigate the impacts, in casethese are cost-effective. In other words, the best way to mitigate the impacts is toprevent them from occurring. Choice of raw materials/technologies/processes whichproduce least impact would be one of the options to achieve it.After exploring cost-effective feasible alternatives to control impacts at source,various interventions to minimize the adverse impacts may be considered. Theseinterventions, primarily aim at reducing the residual impacts on the VECs of thereceiving environment to the acceptable concentrations. Degree of control at source and external interventions differs from situation-to -situation and is largely governed by techno-economic feasibility. While theregulatory bodies stress for further source control (due to high reliability), the projectproponents bargain for other interventions which may be relatively cost-effective thanfurther control at source (in any case project authority is required to meet theindustry-specific standards by adopting the best practicable technologies. However,if the location demands further control at source, then the proponents are required toadopt further advanced control technologies i.e. towards best available controltechnologies). After having discussions with the project proponent, EAC/SEACreaches to an agreed level of source control+other interventions (together called asmitigation measures in the given context) that achieve the targeted protection levelsTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-38

Operational Aspects of an EIAfor the VECs in the receiving environment. These levels will become the principalclearance conditions.Chapter 3 of this TGM offers elaborate information on cleaner technologies, wasteminimization opportunities, and control technologies for various kinds of pollutingparameters that emanate from this developmental activity. This information may beused to draw appropriate control measures applicable at source.The choice of interventions for mitigation of impacts may also be numerous and dependon various factors. Mitigation measures based on location-specific suitability and someother factors are discussed in sub-sections 4.7.1 and 4.7.2. A few typical measures whichmay also be explored for mitigation of impacts are listed in Table 4-5.Table 4-5: Typical Mitigation MeasuresSoilImpactsResources –fuel/construction materialDeforestationWater pollution and issuesDust pollutionMitigation steps Windscreens, maintenance, and installation of ground cover Installation of drainage ditches Runoff and retention ponds Minimize disturbances and scarification of the surface Usage of appropriate monitoring and control facilities forconstruction equipments deployed Methods to reuse earth material generated duringexcavation Availing resources with least impact – eco-efficiencyoptions are applicable Plant or create similar areas Initiate a tree planning program in other areas Donate land to conservationalist groups Channeling and retention of water to reduce erosion andsituation Collection and treatment of sewage and organic waste Increased recycling and reuse of water Use of biodegradable or otherwise readily treatableadditives Cooling ponds, towers and canals to reduce temperatures ofcooling water discharge Neutralization and sedimentation of wastewater Dewatering of sludges and appropriate disposal of solids Use deep well injection below potable levels Construct liners of ponds and solids waste disposal Dilute water at point of discharge Providing a stormwater network within the palnt to preventcross contamination with the effleunts Spent wash: (a) Biomethanization followed by evaporationand composting if the distillery is attached with sugar unit-The compost shall be utilized on land as manure. (b)Concentration of raw spent wash/biomethanated effluentand burning it in Boiler to generate power- applicable forstandalone distilleries. This technology can also be adoptedby the distilleries attached to sugar industry. Wetting of roadways to reduce traffic dust and reentrainedparticles Installation of windscreens to breakup the wind flow Burning of refuse on days when meteorological conditionsTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-39

Operational Aspects of an EIAImpactsNoise pollutionBiologicalSocialOccupational health andsafetyConstructionSolid/Hazardous wasteMitigation stepsprovide for good mixing and dispersion Providing dust collection equipment at all possible points Maintaining dust levels within permissible limits Provision for masks when dust level exceeds Limiting certain activities By using damping, absorption, dissipation, and deflectionmethods By using common techniques such as constructing soundenclosures, applying mufflers, mounting noise sources onisolators, and/or using materials with damping properties Performance specifications for noise represent a way toinsure the procured item is controlled Use of ear protective devices. In case of steady noise levels above 85-dB (A), initiation ofhearing conservation measures Heavy duty muffler systems on heavy equipment Installation of systems to discourage nesting or perching ofbirds in dangerous environments Increased employee awareness to sensitive areas Health and safety measures for workers Develop traffic plan that minimizes road use by workers Upgrade roads and intersections Provide infrastructure plan and financial support forincreased demands Construct facilities to reduce demands Provision of worker camps with proper santiation andmedical facilities, as well as making the worker camps selfsufficientwith resources like water supply, power supply,etc Arrangement of periodic health check-ups for earlydetection and control of communicatble diseases. Arrangement to dispose off the wastes at approved disposalsites. Provide preventive measures for potentital fire hazards withrequisite fire detection, fire-fighting facilities and adequatewater storage Have a Transport Management Plan in place in order toprevent/minimize the disturbance on surrounding habitats Initiate traffic density studies Proper handling of excavated soil Proper plan to collect and dispose off the solid wastegenerated onsite. Identify an authorized waste handler for segregation ofconstruction and hazardous waste and its removal on aregular basis to minimise odour, pest and litter impacts Prohibit buring of refuse onsite.4.8 Environmental Management PlanA typical EMP shall be composed of the following:1. summary of potential impacts of the proposalTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-40

Operational Aspects of an EIA2. description of recommended mitigation measures3. description of monitoring programme to ensure compliance with relevant standardsand residual impacts4. allocation of resources and responsibilities for plan implementation5. implementation schedule and reporting procedures6. contingency plan when impacts are greater than expectedSummary of impacts: The predicted adverse environmental and social impacts for whichmitigation measures are identified in earlier sections to be briefly summarized with crossreferencing to the corresponding sections in EIA report.Description of mitigation measures: Each mitigation measure should be brieflydescribed w.r.t the impact to which it relates and the conditions under which it is required.These should be accompanied by, or referenced to, project design and operatingprocedures which elaborate on the technical aspects of implementing the variousmeasures.Description of monitoring programme to ensure compliance with relevant standardsand residual impacts: Environmental monitoring refers to compliance monitoring andresidual impact monitoring. Compliance monitoring refers to meeting the industryspecificstatutory compliance requirements (Ref. Applicable National regulations asdetailed in Chapter 3).Residual impact monitoring refers to monitoring of identified sensitive locations withadequate number of samples and frequency. The monitoring programme should clearlyindicate the linkages between impacts identified in the EIA report, measurementindicators, detection limits (where appropriate), and definition of thresholds that signalthe need for corrective actions.Allocation of resources and responsibilities for plan implementation: These should bespecified for both the initial investment and recurring expenses for implementing allmeasures contained in the EMP, integrated into the total project costs, and factored intoloan negotiation.The EMP should contain commitments that are binding on the proponent in differentphases of project implementation i.e., pre-construction or site clearance, construction,operation, decommissioning.Responsibilities for mitigation and monitoring should be clearly defined, includingarrangements for coordination between various actors responsible for mitigation. Detailsshould be provided w.r.t deployment of staff (detailed organogram), monitoring networkdesign, parameters to be monitored, analysis methods, associated equipments, etc.Implementation schedule and reporting procedures: The timing, frequency andduration of mitigation measure should be specified in an implementation schedule,showing links with overall project implementation. Procedures to provide information onprogress and results of mitigation and monitoring measures should also be clearlyspecified.Contingency Plan when the impacts are greater than expected: There shall be acontingency plan for attending to the situations where the monitoring results showsresidual impacts are higher than expected. It is an imperative requirement for all theTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-41

Operational Aspects of an EIAproject authorities to plan additional programmes to deal with the situation, after dulyintimating the concerned local regulatory bodies.4.9 ReportingStructure of the EIA report (Appendix III of the EIA Notification), applicable forDistillery is given in the following Table 4-6. Each task prescribed in ToR shall beincorporated appropriately in the contents in addition to the contents described in thefollowing table.Table 4-6: Generic Structure of EIA DocumentS.NO EIA STRUCTURE CONTENTS1. Introduction Purpose of the report Identification of project & project proponent Brief description of nature, size, location of the project andits importance to the country, region Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carriedout (As per the ToR for EIA Studies)2. Project Description Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based onproject feasibility study), likely to cause environmental effects.Details should be provided to give clear picture of the following: Type of project Need for the project Location (maps showing general location, specific location,project boundary & project site layout) Size or magnitude of operation (incl. Associated activitiesrequired by or for the project) Proposed schedule for approval and implementation Technology and process description Project description including drawings showing projectlayout, components of project etc. Schematicrepresentations of the feasibility drawings which giveinformation important for EIA purpose Description of mitigation measures incorporated into theproject to meet environmental standards, environmentaloperating conditions, or other EIA requirements (asrequired by the scope) Assessment of New & untested technology for the risk oftechnological failure3. Description of theEnvironment4. AnticipatedEnvironmentalImpacts &Mitigation Measures Study area, period, components & methodology Establishment of baseline for VECs, as identified in thescope Base maps of all environmental components Details of investigated environmental impacts due toproject location, possible accidents, project design, projectconstruction, regular operations, final decommissioning orrehabilitation of a completed project Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverseimpacts identified Irreversible and irretrievable commitments ofenvironmental components Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria fordetermining significance, assigning significance)TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-42

Operational Aspects of an EIAS.NO EIA STRUCTURE CONTENTS Mitigation measures5. Analysis of Incase, the scoping exercise results in need for alternatives:Alternatives Description of each alternative(Technology & Site) Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative Mitigation measures proposed for each alternative andselection of alternative6. Environmental Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness ofMonitoring Program mitigation measures (incl. measurement methodologies,frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules,emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurementschedules)7. Additional Studies Public consultation Risk assessment Social impact assessment, R&R Action Plans8. Project Benefits Improvements in physical infrastructure Improvements in social infrastructure Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled Other tangible benefits9. Environmental CostBenefit Analysis If recommended at the Scoping stage10. EMP Description of the administrative aspects that ensuresproper implementation of mitigative measures and theireffectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA11. Summary &Conclusion (Thiswill constitute thesummary of the EIAReport)12. Disclosure ofConsultants engaged4.10 Public Consultation Overall justification for implementation of the project Explanation of how, adverse effects have been mitigated Names of the Consultants engaged with their brief resumeand nature of Consultancy renderedPublic consultation refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected peopleand others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project oractivity are ascertained.Public consultation is not a decision taking process, but is a process to collect viewsof the people having plausible stake. If the SPCB/Public agency conducting publichearing is not convinced with the plausible stake, then such expressed views need notbe considered.Public consultation involves two components, one is public hearing, and other one isinviting written responses/objections through Internet/by post, etc., by placing thesummary of EIA report on the web site.All Category A and Category B1 projects require public hearing except the following:- Once environmental clearance is granted to an industrial estates/SEZs/EPZs etc.,for a given composition (type and capacity) of industries, then individual unitswill not require public hearing- Expansion of roads and highways, which do not involve any further acquisition ofland.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-43

Operational Aspects of an EIA- Maintenance dredging provided the dredged material shall be disposed withinport limits- All building/ construction projects/ area development projects/townships- All Category B2 projects- All projects concerning national defense and security or involving other strategicconsiderations as determined by the Central GovernmentPublic hearing shall be carried out at the site or in its close proximity, district-wise,for ascertaining concerns of local affected people.Project proponent shall make a request through a simple letter to the MemberSecretary of the SPCB or UTPCC to arrange public hearing.Project proponent shall enclose with the letter of request, at least 10 hard copies and10 soft copies of the draft EIA report including the summary EIA report in Englishand in the official language of the State/local language prepared as per the approvedscope of work, to the concerned Authority.Simultaneously, project proponent shall arrange to send, one hard copy and one softcopy, of the above draft EIA report along with the summary EIA report to thefollowing Authorities within whose jurisdiction the project will be located:- District magistrate/District Collector/Deputy Commissioner (s)- Zilla parishad and municipal corporation or panchayats union- District industries office- Urban local business (ULBs)/PRIs concerned/development authorities- Concerned regional office of the MoEF/SPCBAbove mentioned Authorities except regional office of MoEF shall arrange to widelypublicize the draft EIA report within their respective jurisdictions requesting theinterested persons to send their comments to the concerned regulatory Authorities.They shall also make draft EIA report for inspection electronically or otherwise to thepublic during normal office hours till the public hearing is over.Concerned regulatory Authority (MoEF/SEIAA/UTEIA) shall display the summaryof EIA report on its website and also make full draft EIA report available forreference at a notified place during normal office hours at their head office.SPCB or UTPCC concerned shall also make similar arrangements for giving publicityabout the project within the State/UT and make available the summary of draft EIAreport for inspection in select offices, public libraries or any other suitable location,etc., They shall also additionally make available a copy of the draft EIA report to theabove five authorities/offices as mentioned above.The MemberSecretary of the concerned SPCB or UTPCC shall finalize the date,time and exact venue for the conduct of public hearing within seven days of the dateof the receipt of the draft EIA report from the project proponent and advertise thesame in one major National Daily and one Regional vernacular Daily/ official Statelanguage.A minimum notice period of 30 (thirty) days shall be provided to the public forfurnishing their responses.No postponement of the date, time, venue of the public hearing shall be undertaken,unless some untoward emergency situation occurs. Only in case of emergencies andup on the recommendation of the concerned District Magistrate/ District Collector/Deputy Commissioner, the postponement shall be notified to the public through thesame National and Regional vernacular dailies and also prominently displayed at allthe identified offices by the concerned SPCB or UTPCCTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-44

Operational Aspects of an EIA In the above exceptional circumstances fresh date, time and venue for the publicconsultation shall be decided by the Member–Secretary of the concerned SPCB orUTPCC only in consultation with the District Magistrate/District Collector/DeputyCommissioner and notified afresh as per the procedure.The District Magistrate/District Collector/Deputy Commissioner or his or herrepresentative not below the rank of an Additional District Magistrate assisted by arepresentative of SPCB or UTPCC, shall supervise and preside over the entire publichearing process.The SPCB or UTPCC shall arrange to video film the entire proceedings. A copy ofthe videotape or a CD shall be enclosed with the public hearing proceedings whileforwarding it to the Regulatory Authority concerned.The attendance of all those who are present at the venue shall be noted and annexedwith the final proceedingsThere shall be no quorum required for attendance for starting the proceedingsPerson present at the venue shall be granted the opportunity to seek information orclarifications on the project from the proponent. The summary of the public hearingproceedings accurately reflecting all the views and concerns expressed shall berecorded by the representative of the SPCB or UTPCC and read over to the audienceat the end of the proceedings explaining the contents in the local/vernacular languageand the agreed minutes shall be signed by the District Magistrate/DistrictCollector/Deputy Commissioner or his or her representative on the same day andforwarded to the SPCB/UTPCC concerned.A statement of the issues raised by the public and the comments of the proponentshall also be prepared in the local language or the official State language, as the casemay be and in English and annexed to the proceedings.The proceedings of the public hearing shall be conspicuously displayed at the officeof the Panchayats within whose jurisdiction the project is located, office of theconcerned Zilla Parishad, District Magistrate/District Collector/DeputyCommissioner, and the SPCB or UTPCC. The SPCB or UTPCC shall also displaythe proceedings on its website for general information. Comments, if any, on theproceedings, may be sent directly to the concerned regulatory authorities and theApplicant concerned.The public hearing shall be completed within a period of 45 (forty five) days fromdate of receipt of the request letter from the Applicant. Therefore the SPCB orUTPCC concerned shall send public hearing proceedings to the concerned regulatoryauthority within eight (8) days of the completion of the public hearing.Simultaneously, a copy will also be provided to the project proponent. The proponentmay also directly forward a copy of the approved public hearing proceedings to theregulatory authority concerned along with the final EIA report or supplementaryreport to the draft EIA report prepared after the public hearing and publicconsultations incorporating the concerns expressed in the public hearing along withaction plan and financial allocation, item-wise, to address those concerns.Upon receipt of the same, the Authority will place executive summary of the reporton the website to invite responses from other concerned persons having a plausiblestake in the environmental aspects of the project or activity.If SPCB/UTPCC is unable to conduct public hearing in the prescribed time, theCentral Government incase of Category A projects and State Government or UTadministration in case of Category B projects at the request of the SEIAA may engageTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-45

Operational Aspects of an EIAa public agency for conducting the public hearing process within a further period of45 days. The respective governments shall pay the appropriate fee to the publicagency for conducting public hearing.A public agency means a non-profit making institution/ body such astechnical/academic institutions, government bodies not subordinate to the concernedAuthority.If SPCB/Public Agency authorized for conducting public hearing informs theAuthority, stating that it is not possible to conduct the public hearing in a manner,which will enable the views of the concerned local persons to be freely expressed,then Authority may consider such report to take a decision that in such particularcase, public consultation may not have the component of public hearing.Often restricting the public hearing to the specific district may not serve the entirepurpose, therefore, NGOs who are local and registered under the Societies Act in theadjacent districts may also be allowed to participate in public hearing, if they sodesire.Confidential information including non-disclosable or legally privileged informationinvolving intellectual property right, source specified in the application shall not beplaced on the website.The Authority shall make available on a written request from any concerned personthe draft EIA report for inspection at a notified place during normal office hours tillthe date of the public hearing.While mandatory requirements will have to be adhered to, utmost attention shall begiven to the issues raised in the public hearing for determining the modificationsneeded in the project proposal and EMP to address such issues.Final EIA report after making needed amendments, as aforesaid, shall be submittedby the applicant to the concerned Authority for prior environmental clearance.Alternatively, a supplementary report to draft EIA and EMP addressing all concernsexpressed during the public consultation may be submitted.4.11 AppraisalAppraisal means the detailed scrutiny by the EAC or SEAC of the application and theother documents like the final EIA report, outcome of the public consultation includingpublic hearing proceedings submitted by the applicant for grant of environmentalclearance.The appraisal shall be made by EAC to the Central Government or SEAC to SEIAA.Project proponent either personally or through consultant can make a presentation toEAC/SEAC for the purpose of appraising the features of the project proposal and alsoto clarify the issues raised by the members of the EAC/SEAC.On completion of these proceedings, concerned EAC/SEAC shall make categoricalrecommendations to the respective Authority, either for grant of prior environmentalclearance on stipulated terms & conditions, if any, or rejection of the application withreasons.In case EAC/SEAC needs to visit the site or obtain further information before beingable to make categorical recommendations, EAC/SEAC may inform the projectproponent accordingly. In such an event, it should be ensured that the process ofTGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-46

Operational Aspects of an EIAenvironmental clearance is not unduly delayed to go beyond the prescribedtimeframe.Upon the scrutiny of the final report, if EAC/SEAC opines that ToR for EIA studiesfinalized at the scoping stage are not covered by the proponent, then the projectproponent may be asked to provide such information. If such information is declinedby the project proponent or is unlikely to be provided early enough so as to completethe environmental appraisal within prescribed time of 60 days, the EAC/SEAC mayrecommend for rejection of the proposal with the same reason.Appraisal shall be strictly in terms of ToR for EIA studies finalized at the scopingstage and the concerns expressed during public consultation.This process of appraisal shall be completed within 60 days from the receipt of theupdated EIA and EMP reports, after completing public consultation.The EIA report will be typically examined for following:- Project site description supported by topographic maps & photographs – detaileddescription of topography, land use and activities at the proposed project site andits surroundings (buffer zone) supported by photographic evidence.- Clarity in description of drainage pattern, location of eco sensitive areas,vegetation characteristics, wildlife status - highlighting significant environmentalattributes such as feeding, breeding and nesting grounds of wildlife species,migratory corridor, wetland, erosion and neighboring issues.- Description of the project site – how well the interfaces between the projectrelated activities and the environment have been identified for the entire projectcycle i.e. construction, operation and decommissioning at the end of the projectlife.- If it is envisaged that the project is to be closed after a specified period in case ofmining projects, the interface at the closure stage also needs to be described.- How complete and authentic are the baseline data pertaining to flora and faunaand socio-economic aspects?- Citing of proper references, with regard to the source(s) of baseline data as wellas the name of the investigators/investigating agency responsible for collectingthe primary data.- How consistent are the various values of environmental parameters with respectto each other?- Is a reasonable assessment of the environmental and social impact made for theidentified environmental issues including project affected people?- To what extent the proposed environmental plan will mitigate the environmentalimpact and at what estimated cost, shown separately for construction, operationand closure stages and also separately in terms of capital and recurring expensesalong with details of agencies that will be responsible for the implementation ofenvironmental plan/ conservation plan.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-47

Operational Aspects of an EIA- How well the concerns expressed/highlighted during public hearing have beenaddressed and incorporated in the EMP giving item wise financial provisions andcommitments (in quantified terms)?- How far the proposed environmental monitoring plan will effectively evaluate theperformance of EMP? Are details for environmental monitoring plan provided inthe same manner as the EMP?- Identification of hazard and quantification of risk assessment and whetherappropriate mitigation plan has been included in the EMP?- Does the proposal include a well formulated time bound green belt developmentplan for mitigating environmental problems such as fugitive emission of dust,gaseous pollutants, noise, odour, etc.- Does EIA makes a serious attempt to guide the project proponent for minimizingthe requirement of natural resources including land, water energy and other nonrenewable resources?- How well has the EIA statement been organized and presented so that the issues,their impact and environmental management strategies emerge clearly from it andhow well organized was the power point presentation made before the expertcommittee?- Is the information presented in the EIA adequately and appropriately supportedby maps, imageries and photographs highlighting site features and environmentalattributes?4.12 Decision-makingThe Chairperson reads the sense of the Committee and finalizes the draft minutes of themeeting, which are circulated by the Secretary to all expert members invited to themeeting. Based on the response from the members, the minutes are finalized and signedby the Chairperson. This process for finalization of the minutes should be so organizedthat the time prescribed for various stages is not exceeded.Approval / Rejection / ReconsiderationThe Authority shall consider the recommendations of concerned appraisal Committeeand convey its decision within 45 days of the receipt of recommendations.If the Authority disagrees with the recommendations of the Appraisal Committee,then reasons shall be communicated to concerned Appraisal Committee and applicantwithin 45 days from the receipt of the recommendations. The Appraisal Committeeconcerned shall consider the observations of the Authority and furnish its views onthe observations within further period of 60 days. The Authority shall take a decisionwithin the next 30 days based on the views of appraisal Committee.If the decision of the Authority is not conveyed within the time, then the proponentmay proceed as if the environmental clearance sought has been granted or denied bythe regulatory authority in terms of the final recommendation of the concernedappraisal Committee. For this purpose, the decision of the Appraisal Committee willbe a public document, once the period specified above for taking the decision by theAuthority is over.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-48

Operational Aspects of an EIAIn case of Category B projects, application shall be received by theMemberSecretary of the SEIAA and clearance shall also be issued by the sameSEIAA.If ApprovedThe concerned authority (MoEF/SEIAA) will issue the environmental clearance forthe project.The project proponent should make sure that the award of environmental clearance isproperly publicized in at least two local newspapers of the district or state where theproposed project is located. For instance, the executive summary of theenvironmental clearance may be published in the newspaper along with theinformation about the location (website/office where it is displayed for public) wherethe detailed environmental clearance is made available. The MoEF and theSEIAA/UTEIAA, as the case may be, shall also place the environmental clearance inthe public domain on Government Portal. Further copies of the environmentalclearance shall be endorsed to the Heads of local bodies, Panchayats and Municipalbodies in addition to the relevant offices of the GovernmentThe environmental clearance will be valid from the start date to actualcommencement of the production of the developmental activity.4.13 Post-clearance Monitoring ProtocolThe MoEF, Government of India will monitor and take appropriate action under the EPAct, 1986.In respect of Category A projects, it shall be mandatory for the project proponent tomake public the environmental clearance granted for their project along with theenvironmental conditions and safeguards at their cost by advertising it at least in twolocal newspapers of the district or State where the project is located and in addition,this shall also be displayed in the project proponents website permanently.In respect of Category B projects, irrespective of its clearance by MoEF/SEIAA, theproject proponent shall prominently advertise in the newspapers indicating that theproject has been accorded environment clearance and the details of MoEF websitewhere it is displayed.The MoEF and the SEIAAs/UTEIAAs, as the case may be, shall also place theenvironmental clearance in the public domain on Government Portal.Copies of environmental clearance shall be submitted by the project proponents to theHeads of the local bodies, Panchayats and Municipal bodies in addition to therelevant offices of the Government who in turn have to display the same for 30 daysfrom the date of receipt.The project proponent must submit half-yearly compliance reports in respect of thestipulated prior environmental clearance terms and conditions in hard and soft copies tothe regulatory authority concerned, on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year.All such compliance reports submitted by the project management shall be publicdocuments. Copies of the same shall be given to any person on application to theconcerned regulatory authority. Such latest compliance report shall also be displayed onthe web site of the concerned regulatory Authority.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-49

Operational Aspects of an EIAThe SPCB shall incorporate EIA clearance conditions into consent conditions in respectof Category A and Category B projects and in parallel shall monitor and enforce thesame.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20104-50

Stakeholders’ Roles and Responsibilities5.STAKEHOLDERS’ ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIESPrior environmental clearance process involves many stakeholders i.e., CentralGovernment, State Government, SEIAA, EAC at the National Level, SEAC, PublicAgency, SPCB, the project proponent, and the public.Roles and responsibilities of the organizations involved in different stages of priorenvironmental clearance are listed in Table 5-1. Organization-specific functions are listed in Table 5-2.In this Chapter, constitution, composition, functions, etc., of the Authorities and theCommittees are discussed in detail.Table 5-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Stakeholders Involved inPrior Environmental ClearanceStageMoEF/SEIAAEAC/SEACProjectProponentEIAConsultantSPCB/PublicAgencyPublic AndInterestGroupScreeningReceivesapplicationand takesadvice ofEAC/SEACAdvises theMoEF/SEIAASubmitsapplication(Form 1) andprovidesnecessaryinformationAdvises andassists theproponent byprovidingtechnicalinformationScopingApprovesthe ToR,communicates thesame tothe projectproponentand placesthe samein thewebsiteReviews theToR, visitsthe proposedsite, ifrequired andrecommendsthe ToR totheMoEF/SEIAASubmits thedraft ToR toMoEF/SEIAAand facilitatesthe visit oftheEAC/SEACmembers tothe project sitePrepares ToREIAReport &PublicHearingReviewsandforwardscopies ofthe EIAreport toSPCB/publicagency forconductingpublicSubmitsdetailed EIAreport as perthe finalizedToRFacilitates thepublic hearingby arrangingpresentationon the project,Prepares theEIA reportPresents andappraises thelikelyimpacts andpollutioncontrolmeasuresproposed inReviewsEIAreportandconductspublichearingin themannerprescribeParticipatesin publichearingsand offerscommentsandobservations.Commentscan be sentTGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-1

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesStageMoEF/SEIAAEAC/SEACProjectProponentEIAConsultantSPCB/PublicAgencyPublic AndInterestGrouphearingPlaces thesummaryof EIAreport inthe websiteConveysobjectionsto theprojectproponentfor update,if any.EIA and EMP– takes note ofobjections andupdates theEMPaccordinglythe publichearingdSubmitsproceedings andviews ofSPCB, totheAuthorityand theprojectproponent as welldirectly toSEIAAthroughInternet inresponse tothesummaryplaced inthe websiteAppraisalandClearanceReceivesupdatedEIATakesadvice ofEAC/SEAC,approvesEIA andattachesthe termsandconditionsCriticallyexamines thereports,presentationof theproponentand appraisesMoEF/SEIAA(recommendations areforwarded toMoEF/SEIAA)Submitsupdated EIA,EMP reportstoMoEF/SEIAA.Presents theoverall EIAand EMPincludingpublicconcerns toEAC/SEACProvidestechnicaladvise to theprojectproponentand ifnecessarypresents theproposedmeasures formitigation oflikelyimpacts(terms andconditions ofclearance)PostclearanceMonitoringImplementsenvironmentalprotectionmeasuresprescribed andsubmitsperiodicmonitoringresultsConductsperiodicmonitoringIncorporates theclearanceconditions intoappropriateconsentconditions andensuresimplementationTGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-2

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesORGANIZATIONTable 5-2: Organization-Specific FunctionsFUNCTIONSCentral Constitutes the EACGovernment Considering recommendations of the State Government, constitutes the SEIAA& SEAC Receives application from the project proponent in case of Category A projectsor Category B projects attracting general condition Communicates the ToR finalized by the EAC to the project proponent. Receives EIA report from the project proponent and soft copy of summary ofthe report for placing in the website Summary of EIA report will be placed in website. Forwards the receivedresponses to the project proponent Engages other public agency for conducting public hearings in cases where theSPCB does not respond within time Receives updated EIA report from project proponent incorporating theconsiderations from the proceedings of public hearing and responses receivedthrough other media Forwards updated EIA report to the EAC for appraisal Either accepts the recommendations of EAC or asks for reconsideration ofspecific issues for review by the EAC. Takes the final decision – acceptance/ rejection – of the project proposal andcommunicates the same to the project proponentState Identifies experts as per the composition specified in the Notification andGovernmentsubsequent guidelines to recommend to the Central Government. Extends funding support to fulfill the functions of SEIAA/SEAC Engages other public agency for conducting public hearings in cases where theSPCB does not respond within time State Governments will suitably pay the public agency for conducting suchactivityEAC Reviews Form 1 and its attachments Visits site(s), if necessary Finalizes ToR and recommends to the Central Government, which in turncommunicates the finalized ToR to the project proponent, if not exempted bythe Notification Reviews EIA report, proceedings and appraises their views to the Centralgovernment If the Central Government has any specific views, then the EAC reviews againfor appraisalSEIAA Receives application from the project proponent Considers SEAC’s views for finalization of ToR Communicates the finalized ToR to the project proponent Receives EIA report from project proponent Uploads the summary of EIA report in the website in cases of Category Bprojects Forwards the responses received to the project proponent Receives updated EIA report from project proponent incorporating theconsiderations from the proceedings of public hearing and responses receivedthrough other media Forwards updated EIA report to SEAC for appraisal Either accepts the recommendations of SEAC or asks for reconsideration ofspecific issues for review by SEAC. Takes the final decision and communicates the same to the project proponentSEAC Reviews Form 1 If necessary visits, site(s) for finalizing the ToRTGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-3

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesORGANIZATIONFUNCTIONS Reviews updated EIA - EMP report and Appraises the SEIAASPCB Receives request from project proponent and conducts public hearing in themanner prescribed. Conveys proceedings to concerned authority and project proponentPublic Agency Receives request from the respective Governments to conduct public hearing Conducts public hearing in the manner prescribed. Conveys proceedings to the concerned Authority/EAC /Project proponent5.1 SEIAASEIAA is constituted by the MoEF to take final decision regarding theacceptance/rejection of prior environmental clearance to the project proposal for allCategory ‘B’ projects.The state government may decide whether to house them at the Department ofEnvironment or at any other Board for effective operational support.State Governments can decide whether the positions are permanent or part-time. TheCentral Government (MoEF) continues to follow the model of paying fee (TA/DA,accommodation, sitting fee) to the Chairperson and the members of EAC. As such,the State Government is to fund SEIAA & SEAC and decide the appropriateinstitutional support for them.A. ConstitutionSEIAA is constituted by the Central Government comprising of three membersincluding a Chairperson and MemberSecretary to be nominated by the StateGovernment or UT Administration concerned.The Central Government will notify as and when the nominations (in order) arereceived from the State Governments, within 30 days from the date of receipt.The Chairperson and the non-official member shall have a fixed term of three years,from the date of Notification by the Central Government constituting the Authority.The form used by the State Governments to submit nominations for Notification by theCentral Government is provided in Annexure XI.B. CompositionChairperson shall be an expert in the EIA processMemberSecretary shall be a serving officer of the concerned State Government/UTAdministration familiar with the environmental laws.MemberSecretary may be of a level equivalent to the Director, Dept. ofEnvironment or above – a full time member.All the members including the Chairperson shall be the experts as per the criteria setin the Notification.The Government servants can only serve as the MemberSecretary to SEIAA and theSecretary to SEAC. All other members including Chairperson of the SEIAA andSEAC shall not be comprised of serving Government Officers; industryrepresentatives; and the activists.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-4

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesServing faculty (academicians) is eligible for the membership in the Authority and/orthe Committees, if they fulfill the criteria given in Appendix VI to the Notification.This is to clarify that the serving Government officers shall not be nominated asprofessional/expert member of SEIAA/SEAC/EAC.Professionals/Experts in the SEIAA and SEAC shall be different.Summary regarding the eligibility criteria for Chairperson and Members of the SEIAA isgiven in Table 5-3.C. Decision-making processThe decision of the Authority shall be arrived through consensus.If there is no consensus, the Authority may either ask SEAC for reconsideration ormay reject the approval.All decisions of the SEIAA shall be taken in a meeting and shall ordinarily beunanimous. In case a decision is taken by majority, details of views, for and againstthe decision, shall be clearly recorded in minutes of meeting and a copy thereof shallbe sent to MoEF.Table 5-3: SEIAA: Eligibility Criteria for Chairperson / Members / SecretaryS. No.RequirementAttribute1 Professional qualificationas per the NotificationMembers MemberSecretary ChairpersonCompulsory Compulsory Compulsory2 Experience(Fulfilling any oneof a, b, c)aProfessionalQualification + 15years of experiencein one of theexpertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification + 15years of experiencein one of theexpertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification +15 years ofexperience inone of theexpertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIbProfessionalQualification+PhD+10 years ofexperience in one ofthe expertise areamentioned inAppendix VIProfessionalQualification+PhD+10 years ofexperience in one ofthe expertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification+PhD+10 yearsof experience inone of theexpertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIcProfessionalQualification +10years of experiencein one of theexpertise areamentioned in theProfessionalQualification +10years of experiencein one of theexpertise areamentioned in the-------------TGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-5

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesS. No.RequirementAttribute3 Test ofindependence(conflict ofinterest) andminimum grade ofthe Secretary of theAuthorityMembers MemberSecretary ChairpersonAppendix VI + 5years interface withenvironmentalissues, problems andtheir managementShall not be aserving governmentofficerShall not be a personengaged in industryand their associationsShall not be a personassociated withenvironmentalactivism4 Age Below 67 years atthe time ofNotification of theAuthority5 Othermemberships inCentral / StateExpert AppraisalCommittee6 Tenure of earlierappointment(continuous)7 Eminentenvironmentalexpertise withunderstanding onenvironmentalaspects andimpacts8 Expertise in theenvironmentalclearance processNote:Shall not be amember in anySEIAA/EAC/SEACOnly one term beforethis in continuity ispermittedAppendix VI + 5years interface withenvironmentalissues, problems andtheir managementOnly serving officerfrom the StateGovernment (DoE)familiar withenvironmental lawsnot below the levelof DirectorAs per StateGovernment ServiceRulesShall not be amember in anySEIAA/EAC/SEACNot applicableShall not be aservinggovernmentofficerShall not be aperson engagedin industry andtheirassociationsShall not be apersonassociated withenvironmentalactivismBelow 72 Yearsat the time ofthe Notificationof the AuthorityShall not be amember in anySEIAA/EAC/SEACOnly one termbefore this incontinuity ispermittedDesirable Desirable CompulsoryDesirable Desirable CompulsoryTGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-6

Stakeholders’ Roles and Responsibilities1. A member after continuous membership in two terms (six years) shall not be considered forfurther continuation. His/her nomination may be considered after a gap of one term (three years),if other criteria meet.2. Chairperson/Member( once notified may not be removed prior to the tenure of three yearswithout cause and proper enquiry.5.2 EAC and SEACEAC and SEAC are independent Committees to review each developmental activity andoffer its recommendations for consideration of the Central Government and SEIAArespectively.A. ConstitutionEAC and SEAC shall be constituted by the Central Government comprising amaximum of 15 members including a Chairperson and Secretary. In case of SEAC,the State Government or UT Administration is required to nominate theprofessionals/experts for consideration and Notification by the Central Government.The Central Government will notify as and when the nominations (in order) arereceived from the State Governments, within 30 days from the date of receipt.The Chairperson and the non-official member shall have a fixed term of three years,from the date of Notification by the Central Government.The Chairperson shall be an eminent environmental expert with understanding onenvironmental aspects and environmental impacts. The Secretary of the SEAC shallbe a State Government officer, not below the level of a Director/Chief Engineer.The members of the SEAC need not be from the same State/UT.In case the State Governments/ UTs so desire, the MoEF can form regional EAC toserve the concerned States/UTs.State Governments may decide to their convenience to house SEAC at theDepartment of Environment or at SPCB or at any other department, to extend supportto the SEAC activities.B. CompositionComposition of EAC/SEAC as per the Notification is given in Annexure XII.Secretary to EAC/SEAC may invite a maximum of two professionals/experts with theprior approval of the Chairperson, if desired, for taking the advisory inputs forappraisal. In such case, the invited experts will not take part in the decision makingprocess.The Secretary of each EAC/SEAC preferably be an officer of the level equivalent toor above the level of Director, MoEF, GoI.C. Decision-makingThe EAC and SEAC shall function on the principle of collective responsibility. TheChairperson shall endeavor to reach a consensus in each case, and if consensus cannot bereached, the view of the majority shall prevail.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-7

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesD. Operational issuesSecretary may deal with all correspondence, formulate agenda and prepare agendanotes. Chairperson and other members may act only for the meetings.Chairperson of EAC/SEAC shall be one among the core group having considerableprofessional experience with proven credentials.EAC/SEAC shall meet at least once every month or more frequently, if so needed, toreview project proposals and to offer recommendations for the consideration of theAuthority.EAC/SEAC members may inspect the site at various stages i.e. during screening,scoping and appraisal, as per the need felt and decided by the Chairperson of theCommittee.The respective Governments through the Secretary of the Committee maypay/reimburse the participation expenses, honorarium etc., to the Chairperson andmembers.i. Tenure of EAC/SEIAA/SEACThe tenure of Authority/Committee(s) shall be for a fixed period of three years. At theend of the three years period, the Authority and the committees need to be re-constituted.However, staggered appointment dates may be adopted to maintain continuity ofmembers at a given point of time.ii. Qualifying criteria for nomination of a member to EAC/SEIAA/SEACWhile recommending nominations and while notifying the members of the Authority andExpert Committees, it shall be ensured that all the members meet the following threecriteria:Professional qualificationRelevant experience/Experience interfacing with environmental managementAbsence of conflict of interestThese are elaborated subsequently.a) Professional qualificationThe person should have at least5 years of formal University training in the concerned discipline leading to aMA/MSc Degree, orIn case of Engineering/Technology/Architecture disciplines, 4 years formal trainingin a professional training course together with prescribed practical training in the fieldleading to a B.Tech/B.E./B.Arch. Degree, orOther professional degree (e.g. Law) involving a total of 5 years of formal Universitytraining and prescribed practical training, orPrescribed apprenticeship/article ship and pass examinations conducted by theconcerned professional association (e.g. MBA/IAS/IFS). In selecting the individualprofessionals, experience gained by them in their respective fields will be taken noteof.b) Relevant experienceTGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-8

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesExperience shall be related to professional qualification acquired by the person and berelated to one or more of the expertise mentioned for the expert members. Suchexperience should be a minimum of 15 years.When the experience mentioned in the foregoing sub-paragraph interfaces withenvironmental issues, problems and their management, the requirement for the lengthof the experience can be reduced to a minimum of 10 years.c) Absence of conflict of interestFor the deliberations of the EAC/SEAC to be independent and unbiased, all possibilitiesof potential conflict of interests have to be eliminated. Therefore, serving governmentofficers; persons engaged in industry and their associations; persons associated with theformulation of development projects requiring environmental clearance, and personsassociated with environmental activism shall not be considered for membership ofSEIAA/ SEAC/ EAC.iii. AgeBelow 70 years for the members and below 72 years for the Chairperson of theSEIAA/SEAC/EAC. The applicability of the age is at the time of the Notification of theSEIAA/SEAC/EAC by the Central Government.Summary regarding the eligibility criteria for Chairperson and Members of theEAC/SEAC are given in Table 5-4.Table 5-4: EAC/SEAC: Eligibility Criteria for Chairperson / Members / SecretaryS.No.AttributeRequirementExpert members Secretary Chairperson1 Professionalqualification as perthe Notification2 Experience(Fulfilling anyone of a, b, c)abCompulsory Compulsory CompulsoryProfessionalQualification + 15years of experiencein one of theexpertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification+PhD+10 years ofexperience in one ofthe expertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification + 15years of experience inone of the expertisearea mentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification +PhD+10years of experience inone of the expertisearea mentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification + 15years of experiencein one of theexpertise areamentioned in theAppendix VIProfessionalQualification+PhD+10 years ofexperience in one ofthe expertise areamentioned inAppendix VITGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-9

Stakeholders’ Roles and ResponsibilitiesS.No.AttributeRequirementExpert members Secretary Chairperson3 Test ofindependence(conflict of interest)and minimum gradeof the Secretary ofthe CommitteescProfessionalQualification +10years of experiencein one of theexpertise areamentioned in theAppendix VI + 5years interface withenvironmentalissues, problems andtheir managementShall not be aserving governmentofficerShall not be a personengaged in industryand theirassociationsShall not be a personassociated withenvironmentalactivism4 Age Below 67 years atthe time ofNotification of theCommittee5 Membership inCentral/State ExpertAppraisal committee6 Tenure of earlierappointment(continuous)7 Eminentenvironmentalexpertise withunderstanding onenvironmentalaspects and impactsNote:Only one other thanthis nomination ispermittedOnly one termbefore this incontinuity ispermittedProfessionalQualification +10 yearsof experience in one ofthe expertise areamentioned in theAppendix VI + 5 yearsinterface withenvironmental issues,problems and theirmanagementIn case of EAC, notless than a Directorfrom the MoEF,Government of IndiaIncase of SEAC, notbelow the level ofDirector/ChiefEngineer from the StateGovernment (DoE)As per stateGovernment ServiceRulesShall not be a memberin otherSEIAA/EAC/SEACNot applicable-------------Shall not be aserving governmentofficerShall not be a personengaged in industryand theirassociationsShall not be a personassociated withenvironmentalactivismBelow 72 Years atthe time of theNotification of theCommitteeShall not be amember in any otherSEIAA/EAC/SEACOnly one termbefore this incontinuity ispermittedDesirable Not applicable Compulsory1. A member after continuous membership in two terms (six years) shall not be considered forfurther continuation. His/her nomination may be reconsidered after a gap of one term (threeyears), if other criteria meet.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-10

Stakeholders’ Roles and Responsibilities2. Chairperson/Member once notified may not be removed prior to the tenure of 3 years with outcause and proper enquiry. A member after continuous membership in two terms (6 years) shallnot be considered for further continuation. The same profile may be considered for nominationafter a gap of three years, i.e., one term, if other criteria are meeting.E. Other conditionsAn expert member of one State/UT, can have at the most another State/UTCommittee membership (core or sectoral expert member), but in no case more thantwo Committees at a given point of time.An expert member of a Committee shall not have membership continuously in thesame committee for more than two terms, i.e. six years. They can be nominated aftera gap of three years, i.e., one term. When a member of Committee has beenassociated with any development project, which comes for environmental clearance,he/she may not participate in the deliberations and the decisions in respect to thatparticular project.At least four members shall be present in each meeting to fulfill the quorum.If a member does not consecutively attend six meetings, without prior intimation tothe Committee his/her membership may be terminated by the Notifying Authority.Prior information for absence due to academic pursuits, career development andnational/state-endorsed programmes may be considered as genuine grounds forretention of membership.TGM for Distillery Industry August 20105-11

ANNEXURE IManufacturing Process of Rectified Spirit Based on Molasses(Biostil Process)

Manufacturing process of Rectified Spirit Based on Molasses(Biostil Process)1.1 FermentationMolasses, diluted with water to the desired concentration is metered continuouslyinto a bigger fermenter where maximum reaction for conversion will take place.Additives like urea (if required in the form of pellets or prills) and defoaming oil arealso introduced in the fermenter as required. There is an automatic foam level sensingand dosing system for de-foaming oil.Every Kilogram of alcohol produced, generates about 290 Kcal of heat. This excessheat is removed by continuous circulation of the fermenting wash through an externalplate heat exchanger called the Fermenter Cooler. The fermenter temperature isalways maintained between 32 and 35 deg. C, the range optimum for efficientfermentation.The yeast for the fermentation is initially (i.e. during start-up of the plant) developedin the Propagation Section described further on. Once propagated, a viable cellpopulation of about 300-500 million cells/ml is maintained by yeast recycling andcontinuous aeration of the fermenter. Fluctuations in the yeast count of ±20 % havelittle effect on the overall fermenter productivity. Yeast cell vitality which is usuallyabove 70% may, in times of stress (such as prolonged shut-downs) drop to 50 %without affecting the fermentation.Fermented wash passes through a series of hydro-cyclones (one to three or more innumber depending on plant capacity), which remove grit, iron filings and similarheavy particulate matter. This rejected material along with some wash is takenthrough a Decanter Centrifuge, where the concentrated sludge of 25 – 30 % v/v isgenerated which can be disposed on the sludge drying beds or can be added in thecomposting. The clarified portion of the wash is taken back to wash holding tank forfeeding the distillation section for alcohol recovery. The overflow from the firsthydro-cyclone is taken to yeast separators for separation of the yeast & the separatedyeast is taken back to the fermenter.The bottom portion of the hydrocyclone facilitates the removal of heavy particulatematter. The hydro-cyclone protect the separator from erosion damage by removinggrit and similar hard particles.1.1.1 Yeast recyclingThe yeast in the fermented wash is removed as 40 to 45 % v/v slurry, and is returnedto the fermenter. This feature, unique to Continuous Fermentation Process, ensuresthat a high yeast cell concentration is achieved and maintained in the fermenter. Byre-circulating grown, active yeast, sugar that would have otherwise been consumed inyeast growth, is made available for ethanol production, ensuring high processefficiency.i

1.1.2 Weak wash recyclingThe recycling of weak wash helps maintain the desired level of dissolved solids inthe fermenter, so that an adequately high osmotic pressure is achieved.Osmotic pressure and the concentration of alcohol in the fermenter, together keep offinfection and minimize sugar losses. Weak wash recycling also reduces the quantityof effluent spent wash and reduces the process water requirement of the plant.Normally this is taken from the 5th plate of the Analyzer Column.Spent wash is the wash from which all alcohol has been removed, this emerges fromthe bottom of the wash column. Some of the heat is recovered to preheat fermentedwash entering the de-gassifying column. Spent wash is also passed through a forcedcirculation re-boiler to generate vapours. This concentrates the effluent and reducesthe volume further. The Spent Wash volume generated can be in the range of 6-8Ltrs/ Ltr of Alcohol produced depending on the FS/ NFS ratio of the feed Molasses.1.1.3 PropagationThe propagation section is a feeder unit to the fermenter. Schizosaccharomyeespombe Yeast is used. This is grown in 3 stages. The first two stages are designed foraseptic growth. Propagation vessel III, develops the inocculum using pasteurizedmolasses solution as the medium. This vessel has a dual function. Duringpropagation, it serves for inocculum build-up. When the fermenter enters thecontinuous production mode, Propagation Vessel III is used as an intermediate washtank. Propagation is carried out only to start up the process initially or after very longshut-downs during which the fermenter is emptied.1.2 Distillation sectionDistillation section is designed with multi pressure vacuum distillation technique toproduce Rectified spirit. The system designed is integrated for minimum steamconsumption while producing Rectified Spirit directly from the fermented wash. Thesystem comprises of Wash-cum-Degassifier Column with Rectifier Column, &Heads Column.The clarified wash after heating in wash heater by over head vapours from washcolumn is further heated in spent wash heater is fed to degassifying section ofcolumn. The vapours from wash column are partially condensed in a beer heatercondenser for recovery of heat & non-condensed vapours are condensed in the finalcondenser. The beer/ wash column is operated under vacuum and designed with sievetrays. The design of wash column enables operation of the column continuously forlonger durations ( minimum 180 days without opening for cleaning ). The energy tobeer column is provided by re-boiler located at the bottom of column and heated byover head vapours from rectifier column.The raw spirit approx. 40% w/w is sent to intermediate raw spirit tank. Raw Spirit isthen fed to stripper rectifier column for removing high volatile impurities. Fusel oilsare tapped from appropriate trays and separated in fusel oil decanter after cooling infusel oil cooler. The rectifier column is designed to operate under pressure with Sieveii

tray construction and heated by steam through re-boiler located at the bottom ofcolumn.The alcohol from rectifier column is then taken to product cooler to cool it down to350 C. The Impure cut from the top of the Degassifying section is taken to degasscondenser & condensed against water. The condensate is then fed to heads / aldehydecolumn where it is diluted with water for further rectification in the column & finallythe impure cut is removed from the top vent condensers of the heads column.1.3 Falling film spent wash evaporator1.3.1 Process Description1.3.1.1 Effect Evaporator using vapour from Analyser columnFeed Inlet – E1 – E2 – E3 –OutletSince the evaporator is integrated with distillery plant, vapour from Analyser columnis used as heating media in evaporator. As a result, the temperature profile inevaporator is lower. Outlet Product Concetration is also lower, just about 38.16%.This will considerably reduce the offline CIP frequency and so the downtime ofevaporator.1.3.1.2 Process description for tubular evaporatorWe propose a 3 effect evaporator system for the spent wash designed forconcentration from 19.4 % to 38.16 %. All the Effects are falling film type withvapour separators. The feed will be introduced in Effect 1. Subsequently it will betransferred to Effect 2 and then to Effect 3 & finally to battery limit, by means oftransfer cum recycle pumps. Final concentration is achieved in E3. Level controlloops are provided for all effects to ensure trouble free operation. The vapours fromAnalyser column are used as heating media in E1 and recovered in the form ofcondensate. Vapours separated in Effect 1 are used as heating media in Effect 2.Similarly vapour generated in Effect 2 are used as heating medium in Effect 3.Finally the vapours separated in VS3 are condensed in a surface condenser. Thecondensate from all the effects and condenser shall be pumped out by condensatepumps.1.4 Spent wash generation with integrated mode of operationThe generation of spent wash with various combinations of sugars in molasses willhave a overall impact on operation of the plant & generation of spent wash. The chartof spent wash generation is enclosed herewith for the reference. The assumptionbasis is that the generation of spent wash is limited to about 4 Litres / Litre of alcoholproduced at the maximum. In case of Fermentable sugars ranging between 42 to 48%w/w, the usage of evaporation plant is a must to restrict the generation of the spentwash below 4 litres / litre of alcohol produced.As the fermentable sugars concentration increases in molasses or in case of the use ofB Heavy or B1 Heavy molasses, the F / NF ratio is much better which allows to takeiii

more weak wash recycle back to the fermenter, virtually reducing down the spentwash generation to a great extent as seen from the table. The generation of the spentwash goes as low as 1.5 Litres / Litre of alcohol produced in the distillery itself inwhich case the use of evaporation for further concentration is not envisaged. Hence,without use of evaporation plant the spent wash generation can be achieved less than4 litres / litre of alcohol. This is one of the unique features of the Alfa Laval’sContinuous Fermentation & Distillation process.iv

Figure 1: Process flow of Fermentation sectionv

Figure 2: Multiple Effect falling film evaporatorvi

Table 1vii

Table 2Alfa Laval Continuous Ferm System Yield Chart for Alcohol / Tonof Molasses for Various Fermentable Sugars%FS x Conversion x %FE x %DEFormula Specific gravity of Alc x Strength ofAlcSrl. FS 94.68 95.00 96.00% w/w Lit / Ton Lit / Ton Lit / Ton1 40 242.3 241.5 239.02 41 248.4 247.5 245.03 42 254.4 253.6 250.94 43 260.5 259.6 256.95 44 266.5 265.7 262.96 45 272.6 271.7 268.97 46 278.7 277.7 274.88 47 284.7 283.8 280.89 48 290.8 289.8 286.810 49 296.8 295.8 292.811 50 302.9 301.9 298.712 51 309.0 307.9 304.713 52 315.0 314.0 310.714 53 321.1 320.0 316.715 54 327.1 326.0 322.616 55 333.2 332.1 328.617 56 339.2 338.1 334.618 57 345.3 344.1 340.619 58 351.4 350.2 346.520 59 357.4 356.2 352.521 60 363.5 362.3 358.522 61 369.5 368.3 364.523 62 375.6 374.3 370.424 63 381.7 380.4 376.425 64 387.7 386.4 382.426 65 393.8 392.4 388.4viii

Table 3Spent Wash Characteristics From Alfa Laval Continuous Fermentation, Distillation & IntegratedFalling Film Evaporation SystemCharacteristics of Spent Wash for Fermentable Sugar of 42 % W/WSrl. Parameters Unit Value Value1 Brix Deg Bx 30 - 35 25 - 302 Percent Solids % w/w 27 - 32 22 - 263 pH 4.2 - 4.5 4. 3 - 4.64 COD mg / lit 280000 - 320000 240000 - 2800005 BOD ( 3 Day at 27 Deg C ) mg / lit 100000 - 120000 80000 - 1000006 Total Solids mg / lit 360000 - 400000 320000 - 3600007 Total Dissolved Solids mg / lit 200000 - 240000 170000 - 2000008 Total Suspended Solids mg / lit 150000 - 160000 148000 - 1550009 Conductivity umhos / cm 40000 - 42000 38000 - 40000Characteristics of Spent Wash for Fermentable Sugar of 55 % W/WSrl. Parameters Unit Value1 Brix Deg Bx 22 - 252 Percent Solids % w/w 18 - 213 pH 4.2 - 4.54 COD mg / lit 200000 - 2200005 BOD ( 3 Day at 27 Deg C ) mg / lit 60000 - 700006 Total Solids mg / lit 220000 - 2500007 Total Dissolved Solids mg / lit 180000 - 2000008 Total Suspended Solids mg / lit 40000 - 600009 Conductivity umhos / cm 35000 - 38000Characteristics of Spent Wash for Fermentable Sugar of 64 % W/WSrl. Parameters Unit Value1 Brix Deg Bx 22 - 252 Percent Solids % w/w 18 - 213 pH 4.2 - 4.54 COD mg / lit 150000 - 1800005 BOD ( 3 Day at 27 Deg C ) mg / lit 50000 - 600006 Total Solids mg / lit 190000 - 2100007 Total Dissolved Solids mg / lit 150000 - 1700008 Total Suspended Solids mg / lit 35000 - 450009 Conductivity umhos / cm 35000 - 38000ix

ANNEXURE IIA Compilation of Legal Instruments

SL.NO.LEGALINSTRUMENT(TYPE,REFERENCE,YEAR)RESPONSIBLEMINISTRIES ORBODIESCHEMICAL USECATEGORIES/POLLUTANTSOBJECTIVE OFLEGISLATIONRELEVANTARTICLES/PROVISIONS1 Air (Prevention andControl of Pollution)Act, 1981 amended1987Central PollutionControl Board andState PollutionControl BoardsAir pollutants from chemicalindustriesThe prevention, control andabatement of air pollutionSection 2: DefinitionsSection 21: Consent from State BoardsSection 22: Not to allow emissionsexceeding prescribed limitsSection 24: Power of Entry and InspectionSection 25: Power to Obtain InformationSection 26: Power to Take SamplesSection 37-43: Penalties and Procedures2 Air (Prevention andControl of Pollution)(Union Territories)Rules, 1983Central PollutionControl Board andState PollutionControl BoardsAir pollutants from chemicalindustriesThe prevention, control andabatement of air pollutionRule 2: DefinitionsRule 9: Consent Applications3 Water (Prevention andControl of Pollution)Act, 1974 amended1988Central PollutionControl Board andState PollutionControl BoardsWater Pollutants from waterpolluting industriesThe prevention and controlof water pollution and alsomaintaining or restoring thewholesomeness of waterSection 2: DefinitionsSection 20: Power to Obtain InformationSection 21: Power to Take SamplesSection 23: Power of Entry and InspectionSection 24: Prohibition on DisposalSection 25: Restriction on New Outlet andNew DischargeSection 26: Provision regarding existingdischarge of sewage or trade effluentSection 27: Refusal or withdrawal ofconsent by state boardsSection 41-49: Penalties and Procedures4 Water (Prevention andControl of Pollution)Rules, 1975Central PollutionControl Board andState PollutionWater Pollutants from waterpolluting industriesThe prevention and controlof water pollution and alsomaintaining or restoring theRule 2: DefinitionsRule 30: Power to take samples

Control Boards wholesomeness of water Rule 32: Consent Applications5 The Environment(Protection) Act, 1986,amended 1991Ministry ofEnvironment andForests, CentralPollution ControlBoard and StatePollution ControlBoardsAll types of environmentalpollutantsProtection and Improvementof the EnvironmentSection 2: DefinitionsSection 7: Not to allow emission ordischarge of environmental pollutants inexcess of prescribed standardsSection 8: Handing of HazardousSubstancesSection 10: Power of Entry and InspectionSection 11: Power to take samplesSection 15-19: Penalties and Procedures6 Environmental(Protection) Rules, 1986(Amendments in 1999,2001, 2002, 2002, 2002,2003, 2004)Ministry ofEnvironment andForests, CentralPollution ControlBoard and StatePollution ControlBoardsAll types of EnvironmentalPollutantsProtection and Improvementof the EnvironmentRule 2: DefinitionsRule 3: Standards for emission ordischarge of environmental pollutantsRule 5: Prohibition and restriction on thelocation of industries and the carrying onprocess and operations in different areasRule 13: Prohibition and restriction on thehandling of hazardous substances indifferent areasRule 14: Submission of environmentalstatement7 Hazardous Waste(Management andHandling) Rules, 1989amended 2000 and 2003MoEF, CPCB,SPCB, DGFT, PortAuthority andCustoms AuthorityHazardous Wastes generatedfrom industries using hazardouschemicalsManagement & Handling ofhazardous wastes in line withthe Basel conventionRule 2: ApplicationRule 3: DefinitionsRule 4: Responsibility of the occupier andoperator of a facility for handling of wastesRule 4A: Duties of the occupier andoperator of a facilityRule 4B: Duties of the authorityRule 5: Grant of authorization for handlinghazardous wastesRule 6: Power to suspend or cancelauthorization

8 Manufacture Storageand Import ofHazardous ChemicalsRules, 1989 amended2000Ministry ofEnvironment &Forests, ChiefController of Importsand Exports, CPCB,SPCB, ChiefInspector ofFactories, ChiefInspector of DockSafety, ChiefInspector of Mines,AERB, ChiefController ofExplosives, DistrictCollector or DistrictEmergencyAuthority, CEESunder DRDOHazardous Chemicals - Toxic,Explosive, Flammable,ReactiveRegulate the manufacture,storage and import ofHazardous Chemicals9 Chemical Accidents CCG, SCG, DCG, Hazardous Chemicals - Toxic, Emergency Planning Rule 2: DefinitionsRule 7: Packaging, labeling and transportof hazardous wastesRule 8: Disposal sitesRule 9: Record and returnsRule 10: Accident reporting and follow upRule 11: Import and export of hazardouswaste for dumping and disposalRule 12: Import and export of hazardouswaste for recycling and reuseRule 13: Import of hazardous wastesRule 14: Export of hazardous wasteRule 15: Illegal trafficRule 16: Liability of the occupier,transporter and operator of a facilityRule 19: Procedure for registration andrenewal of registration of recyclers and rerefinersRule 20: Responsibility of waste generatorRule 2: DefinitionsRule 4: responsibility of the OccupierRule 5: Notification of Major AccidentsRule 7-8: Approval and notification of siteand updatingRule 10-11: Safety Reports and SafetyAudit reports and updatingRule 13: Preparation of Onsite EmergencyPlanRule 14: Preparation of Offsite EmergencyPlanRule 15: Information to persons likely toget affectedRule 16: Proprietary InformationRule 17: Material Safety Data SheetsRule 18: Import of Hazardous Chemicals

(Emergency Planning,Preparedness andResponse) Rules, 1996LCG and MAHUnitsExplosive, Flammable,Reactive10 EIA Notification, 2006 MoEF, SPCB For all the identifieddevelopmental activities in thenotification11 Public LiabilityInsurance Act, 1991amended 199212 Public LiabilityInsurance Rules, 1991amended 1993Ministry ofEnvironment &Forests, DistrictCollectorMinistry ofEnvironment &Forests, DistrictCollector13 Factories Act, 1948 Ministry of Labour,DGFASLI andDirectorate ofIndustrial Safety andHealth/FactoriesInspectorateHazardous SubstancesHazardous SubstancesChemicals as specified in theTablePreparedness and Responseto chemical accidentsRequirement ofenvironmental clearancebefore establishment of ormodernization / expansion ofcertain type of industries/projects.To provide immediate reliefto persons affected byaccident involving hazardoussubstancesTo provide immediate reliefto persons affected byaccident involving hazardoussubstances and also forEstablishing anEnvironmental Relief fundControl of workplaceenvironment, and providingfor good health and safety ofworkersRule 5: Functions of CCGRule 7: Functions of SCGRule 9: Functions of DCGRule 10: Functions of LCGRequirements and procedure for seekingenvironmental clearance of projectsSection 2: DefinitionsSection 3: Liability to give relief in certaincases on principle of no faultSection 4: Duty of owner to take outinsurance policySection 7A: Establishment ofEnvironmental Relief FundSection 14-18: Penalties and OffencesRule 2: DefinitionsRule 6: Establishment of administration offundRule 10: Extent of liabilityRule 11: Contribution of the owner toenvironmental relief fundSection 2: InterpretationSection 6: Approval, licensing andregistration of factoriesSection 7A: General duties of the occupierSection 7B: General duties ofmanufacturers etc., as regards articles andsubstances for use in factoriesSection 12: Disposal of wastes andeffluentsSection 14: Dust and fumeSection 36: Precautions against dangerousfumes, gases, etc.

Section 37: Explosion or inflammabledust, gas, etc.Chapter IVA: Provisions relating toHazardous processesSection 87: Dangerous operationsSection 87A: Power to prohibitemployment on account of serious hazardSection 88: Notice of certain accidentSection 88A: Notice of certain dangerousoccurrencesChapter X: Penalties and procedures14 The Petroleum Act,1934Ministry ofPetroleum andNatural GasPetroleum (Class A, B and C -as defined in the rules)Regulate the import,transport, storage,production, refining andblending of petroleumSection 2: DefinitionsSection 3: Import, transport and storage ofpetroleumSection 5: Production, refining andblending of petroleumSection 6: Receptacles of dangerouspetroleum to show a warningSection 23-28 Penalties and Procedure15 The Petroleum Rules,2002Ministry ofPetroleum andNatural Gas,Ministry of Shipping(for notification ofauthorized ports forimport), Ministry ofEnvironment &Forests or SPCB (forclearance ofestablishment ofloading/unloadingfacilities at ports)Chief Controller ofExplosives, districtauthority,Commissioner ofCustoms, PortPetroleum (Class A, B and C -as defined in the rules)Regulate the import,transport, storage,production, refining andblending of petroleumRule 2: DefinitionChapter I part II: General ProvisionChapter II: Importation of PetroleumChapter III: Transport of PetroleumChapter VII: Licenses

Conservator, StateMaritime Board(Import)16 The Explosives Act,1884Ministry ofCommerce andIndustry(Department ofExplosives)Explosive substances as definedunder the ActTo regulate the manufacture,possession, use, sale,transport, export and importof explosives with a view toprevent accidentsSection 4: DefinitionSection 6: Power for Central governmentto prohibit the manufacture, possession orimportation of especially dangerousexplosivesSection 6B: Grant of Licenses17 The Explosive Rules,1983Ministry ofCommerce andIndustry and ChiefController ofExplosives, portconservator, customscollector, railwayadministrationExplosive substances as definedunder the ActTo regulate the manufacture,possession, use, sale,transport, export and importof explosives with a view toprevent accidentsRule 2: DefinitionChapter II: General ProvisionsChapter III: Import and ExportChapter IV: TransportChapter V: Manufacture of explosivesChapter VI: Possession sale and useChapter VII: Licenses18 The Gas CylinderRules, 2004Ministry ofCommerce andIndustry and ChiefController ofExplosives, portconservator, customscollector, DGCA,DC, DM, Police (subinspector tocommissioner)Gases (Toxic, non toxic andnon flammable, non toxic andflammable, DissolvedAcetylene Gas, Non toxic andflammable liquefiable gas otherthan LPG, LPGRegulate the import, storage,handling and transportationof gas cylinders with a viewto prevent accidentsRule 2: DefinitionChapter II: General ProvisionsChapter III: Importation of CylinderChapter IV: Transport of CylinderChapter VII: Filling and Possession19 The Static and MobilePressure Vessels(Unfired) Rules, 1981Ministry ofCommerce andIndustry and ChiefController ofExplosives, portconservator, customscollector, DGCA,DC, DM, Police (subinspector toGases (Toxic, non toxic andnon flammable, non toxic andflammable, DissolvedAcetylene Gas, Non toxic andflammable liquefiable gas otherthan LPG, LPGRegulate the import,manufacture, design,installation, transportation,handling, use and testing ofmobile and static pressurevessels (unfired) with a viewto prevent accidentsRule 2: DefinitionChapter III: StorageChapter IV: TransportChapter V: Licenses

commissioner)20 The Motor Vehicle Act,1988Ministry ofShipping, RoadTransport andHighwaysHazardous and DangerousGoodsTo consolidate and amendthe law relating to motorvehiclesSection 2: DefinitionChapter II: Licensing of drivers of motorvehicleChapter VII: Construction equipment andmaintenance of motor vehicles21 The Central MotorVehicle Rules, 1989Ministry ofShipping, RoadTransport andHighwaysHazardous and DangerousGoodsTo consolidate and amendthe law relating to motorvehicles including to regulatethe transportation ofdangerous goods with a viewto prevent loss of life ordamage to the environmentRule 2: DefinitionRule 9: Educational qualification fordriver’s of goods carriages carryingdangerous or hazardous goodsRule 129: Transportation of goods ofdangerous or hazardous nature to humanlifeRule 129A: Spark arrestorsRule 130: Manner of display of class labelsRule 131: Responsibility of the consignorfor safe transport of dangerous orhazardous goodsRule 132: Responsibility of the transporteror owner of goods carriageRule 133: Responsibility of the driverRule 134: Emergency Information PanelRule 135: Driver to be instructedRule 136: Driver to report to the policestation about accidentRule 137: Class labels22 Drug and CosmeticsAct, 1940Ministry of Healthand Family WelfareTo all types of drugs andcosmeticsTo regulate the import,manufacture, distribution andsale of drugsSection 2: DefinitionsChapter III: Import of Drugs andCosmeticsChapter IV: Manufacture, Sale andDistribution of Drugs and Cosmetics23 The Prevention of FoodAdulteration Act, 1954Ministry of Healthand Family WelfareAll food grade chemicals,colorants, preservatives, poisonmetals, etc.To prevent the foodadulterationSection 2: DefinitionsSection 5: Prohibition of import of certainarticles of foodSection 7: Prohibition of manufacture, sale

etc., of certain articles of foodSection 15: Notification of food poisoningSection 16: Penalties24 The Prevention of FoodAdulteration Rules,1955Ministry of Healthand Family WelfareAll food grade chemicals,colorants, preservatives, poisonmetals, etc.To prevent the foodadulterationSection 2: DefinitionsPart VI: Colouring MatterPart X: PreservativesPart XI: Poisonous MetalsPart XIA: Crop Contaminants andNaturally Occurring Toxic SubstancesPart XII: Anti-Oxidants, Emulsifying andStabilizing and Anticaking AgentsPart XIII: Flavoring Agents and RelatedSubstancesPart XIII-A: Carry Over of Food AdditivesPart XVI: Sequestering and BufferingAgents (Acids, Bases and Salts)Part XVIII: Antibiotic and otherPharmacologically Active SubstancesPart XIX: Use of Food Additives in FoodProducts

ANNEXURE IIIGeneral Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants

Table: Water Quality Standards1. Colour and odour See Note-1 --- See Note-1 See Note-12. Suspended Solids, mg/l, Max 100 600 200 (a) For process wastewater-100(b) For cooling watereffluent-10 per centabove total suspendedmatter of influentcooling water.3. Particle size of suspended solids Shall pass 850 micronIS Sieve--- --- (a) Floatable solids,Max 3 mm(b) Settleable solidsMax 850 microns.4. Dissolved solids (inorganic), mg/a, mac 2100 2100 2100 ---5. pH value 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.06. Temperature o C, Max Shall not exceed 40 inany section of thestream within 15meters down streamfrom the effluentoutlet45 at the point ofdischarge--- 45 at the point ofdischarge7. Oil and grease, mg/l, max 10 20 10 208. Total residual chlorine, mg/l, Max. 1.0 --- --- 1.09. Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max. 50 50 --- 5010. Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N), mg/l,100 --- --- 100Max.11. Free Ammonia (as NH3), mg/l, Max. 5.0 --- --- 5.012. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (5 days at30 350 100 10020 o C) Max.13. Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/l, Max. 250 --- --- 25014. Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.215. Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.01 --- 0.0116. Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.1 1.0 --- 1.017. Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. 2.0 1.0 --- 2.0i

18. Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6) mg/l,0.1 2.0 --- 1.0Max.19. Total chromium as (Cr), mg/l, Max. 2.0 2.0 --- 2.020. Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 3.0 3.0 --- 3.021. Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5.0 15 --- 1522. Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. 0.05 0.05 --- 0.0523. Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max. 3.0 3.0 --- 5.024. Boron (as B), mg/l, Max. 2.0 2.0 2.0 ---25. Percent Sodium, Max. --- 60 60 ---26. Residual sodium carbonate, mg/l, Max. --- --- 5.0 ---27. Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.2 2.0 0.2 0.228. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 1000 1000 600 (a)29. Fluoride (as F), mg/l, Max. 2.0 15 --- 1530. Dissolved Phosphates (as P), mg/l,5.0 --- --- ---Max.31. Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 1000 1000 1000 ---32. Sulphide (as S), mg/l, Max. 2.0 --- --- 5.033. Pesticides Absent Absent Absent Absent34. Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH),1.0 5.0 --- 5.0mg/l, Max.35. Radioactive materials(a) Alpha emitters MC/ml, Max.(b) Beta emitters uc/ml, Max.10- 710- 710- 810- 710- 610- 610- 710- 6Note :-1. All efforts should be made to remove colour and unpleasant odour as far as practicable.2. The standards mentioned in this notification shall apply to all the effluents discharged such as industrial mining and mineral processingactivities municipal sewage etc.ii

Ambient air quality standards in respect of noiseArea Code Category of Area Limits in dB (A) LeqDay Time Night Time(A) Industrial area 75 70(B) Commercial area 65 55(C) Residential area 55 45(D) Silence zone 50 40Note :1. Day time is reckoned in between 6.00 AM and 9.00 PM2. Night time is reckoned in between 9.00 PM and 6.00 AM3. Silence zone is defined as areas upto 100 meters around such premises as hospitals,educational institutions and courts. The Silence zones are to be declared by theCompetent Authority.4. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and bursting of crackers shall be banned in thesezones.5. Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above mentionedcategories by the Competent Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply.The total sound power level, Lw, of a DG set should be less than, 94+10 log10 (KVA), dB (A), at themanufacturing stage, where, KVA is the nominal power rating of a DG set.This level should fall by 5 dB (A) every five years, till 2007, i.e. in 2002 and then in 2007.Noise from the DG set should be controlled by providing an acoustic enclosure or by treating the roomacoustically.The acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment of the room should be designed for minimum 25 dB(A) InsertionLoss or for meeting the ambient noise standards, whichever is on the higher side (if the actual ambient noiseis on the higher side, it may not be possible to check the performance of the acoustic enclosure/acoustictreatment. Under such circumstances the performance may be checked for noise reduction upto actualambient noise level, preferably, in the night time). The measurement for Insertion Loss may be done atdifferent points at 0.5m from the acoustic enclosure/room, and then averaged.The DG set should also be provide with proper exhaust muffler with Insertion Loss of minimum 25 dB(A).1. The manufacturer should offer to the user a standard acoustic enclosure of 25 dB(A) Insertion Lossand also a suitable exhaust muffler with Insertion Loss of 25 dB(A).i

2. The user should make efforts to bring down the noise levels due to the DG set, outside his premises,within the ambient noise requirements by proper siting and control measures.3. The manufacturer should furnish noise power levels of the unlicensed DG sets as per standardsprescribed under (A)4. The total sound power level of a DG set, at the user's end, shall be within 2 dB(A) of the total soundpower level of the DG set, at the manufacturing stage, as prescribed under (A).5. Installation of a DG set must be strictly in compliance with the recommendation of the DG setmanufacturer.6. A proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the DG set should be set and followed inconsultation with the DG set manufacturer which would help prevent noise levels of the DG set fromdeteriorating with use.(5th December, 2001)In exercise of the powers conferred by section 5 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, (29 of 1986),read with the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs notification S.O. 667 (E) bearing No. F.No. U-11030/J/91-VTL dated 10th September, 1992, the Lt. Governor of Government of National Capital of Delhihereby directs to all owners/users of generators sets in the National Capital Territory of Delhi as follows :-1. that generator sets above the capacity of 5 KVA shall not be operated in residential areas betweenthe hours of 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM;2. that the generator sets above the capacity of 5 KVA in all areas residential/commercial/industrialshall operate only with the mandatory acoustic enclosures and other standards prescribed in theEnvironment (Protection) Rules, 1986;3. that mobile generator sets used in social gatherings and public functions shall be permitted only ifthey have installed mandatory acoustic enclosures and adhere to the prescribed standards for noiseand emission as laid down in the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986.The contravention of the above directions shall make the offender liable for prosecution under section 15 ofthe said Act which stipulates punishment of imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years withfine which may extend to one lakh rupees, or with both, and in case the failure of contravention continues,with additional fine which may extend to five thousand rupees for every day during which such failure orcontravention continues after the conviction for the first such failure or contravention and if still the failure orcontravention continues beyond a period of one year after the date of contravention, the offender continuesbeyond a period of one year after the date of contravention, the offender shall be punishable withimprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years.In exercise of the powers conferred by section 5 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986) readwith the Govt. of India, Ministry of Home Affairs notification S.O. 667(E) bearing No. U-11030/J/91-VTL datedthe 10th September, 1992, the Lt. Governor Govt. of the National Capital Territory of Delhi hereby makes thefollowing amendment/modification in his order dated the 5th December, 2001 regarding the operation ofgenerator sets, namely:-In the above said order, for clause(1), the following shall be substituted, namely:-ii

“(1) that the generator sets above 5KVA shall not be operated in residentoal areas between the hours from10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. except generator sets of Group Housing Societies and Multi-storey residentialapartments”.The minimum height of stack to be provided with each generator set can be worked out using the followingformula:H = h + 0.2 x OKVAH = Total height of stack in metreh = Height of the building in metres where the generator set is installedKVA = Total generator capacity of the set in KVABased on the above formula the minimum stack height to be provided with different range of generator setsmay be categorized as follows:For Generator SetsTotal Height of stack in metre50 KVA Ht. of the building + 1.5 metre50-100 KVA Ht. of the building + 2.0 metre100- 150 KVA Ht. of the building + 2.5 metre150-200 KVA Ht. of the building + 3.0 metre200-250 KVA Ht. of the building + 3.5 metre250-300 KVA Ht. of the building + 3.5 metreSimilarly for higher KVA ratings a stack height can be worked out using the above formulaSource: Evolved By CPCB[Emission Regulations Part IV: COINDS/26/1986-87]iii

ANNEXURE IVForm 1 (Application Form for Obtaining EIA Clearance)

FORM 1(I) BASIC INFORMATIONS. No. Item Details1. Name of the project/s2. S.No. in the schedule3. Proposed capacity/area/length/tonnage to behandled/command area/lease area/number ofwells to be drilled4. New/Expansion/Modernization5. Existing Capacity/Area etc.6. Category of Project i.e., ‘A’ or ‘B’7. Does it attract the general condition? If yes,please specify.8. Does it attract the specific condition? If yes,Please specify.9.LocationPlot/Survey/Khasra No.VillageTehsilDistrictState10. Name of the applicant11. Registered Address12. Address for correspondence:NameDesignation (Owner/Partner/CEO)AddressPin CodeE-mailTelephone No.Fax No.13. Details of alternative Sites examined, if anylocation of these sites should be shown on atoposheet.Village-District-State1.2.3.1

S. No. Item Details14. Interlined Projects15. Whether separate application of interlinedproject has been submitted16. If yes, date of submission17. If no, reason18. Whether the proposal involvesapproval/clearance under:The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972The C.R.Z. Notification, 199119. Forest land involved (hectares)20. Whether there is any litigation pending againstthe project and/or land in which the project ispropose to be set upName of the CourtCase No.Orders/directions of the Court, if any and itsrelevance with the proposed project.(II) ACTIVITY1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involvingactions, which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use,changes in water bodies, etc.)S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximate quantities/rates, whereverpossible) with source ofinformation data1.1 Permanent or temporary change in land use,land cover or topography including increasein intensity of land use (with respect to localland use plan)1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation andbuildings?1.3 Creation of new land uses?1.4 Pre-construction investigations e.g. borehouses, soil testing?1.5 Construction works?2

S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximate quantities/rates, whereverpossible) with source ofinformation data1.6 Demolition works?1.7 Temporary sites used for construction worksor housing of construction workers?1.8 Above ground buildings, structures orearthworks including linear structures, cutand fill or excavations1.9 Underground works including mining ortunneling?1.10 Reclamation works?1.11 Dredging?1.12 Offshore structures?1.13 Production and manufacturing processes?1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials?1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of solidwaste or liquid effluents?1.16 Facilities for long term housing of operationalworkers?1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic duringconstruction or operation?1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or othertransport infrastructure including new oraltered routes and stations, ports, airports etc?1.19 Closure or diversion of existing transportroutes or infrastructure leading to changes intraffic movements?1.20 New or diverted transmission lines orpipelines?1.21 Impoundment, damming, culverting,realignment or other changes to the hydrologyof watercourses or aquifers?1.22 Stream crossings?1.23 Abstraction or transfers of water form groundor surface waters?1.24 Changes in water bodies or the land surfaceaffecting drainage or run-off?1.25 Transport of personnel or materials forconstruction, operation or decommissioning?3

S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximate quantities/rates, whereverpossible) with source ofinformation data1.26 Long-term dismantling or decommissioningor restoration works?1.27 Ongoing activity during decommissioningwhich could have an impact on theenvironment?1.28 Influx of people to an area in eithertemporarily or permanently?1.29 Introduction of alien species?1.30 Loss of native species or genetic diversity?1.31 Any other actions?2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project(such as land, water, materials or energy, especially any resources which arenon-renewable or in short supply):S.No. Information/checklist confirmation2.1 Land especially undeveloped or agriculturalland (ha)2.2 Water (expected source & competing users)unit: KLD2.3 Minerals (MT)2.4 Construction material – stone, aggregates, sand/ soil (expected source – MT)2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT)2.6 Energy including electricity and fuels (source,competing users) Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW)2.7 Any other natural resources (use appropriatestandard units)Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximate quantities/rates, wherever possible)with source ofinformation data4

3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances ormaterials, which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raiseconcerns about actual or perceived risks to human health.S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates,wherever possible) withsource of informationdata3.1 Use of substances or materials, which arehazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to human healthor the environment (flora, fauna, andwater supplies)3.2 Changes in occurrence of disease or affect diseasevectors (e.g. insect or water borne diseases)3.3 Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changingliving conditions?3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who could beaffected by the project e.g. hospital patients,children, the elderly etc.,3.5 Any other causes4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation ordecommissioning (MT/month)S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates,wherever possible) withsource of informationdata4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or commercialwastes)4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous WasteManagement Rules)4.4 Other industrial process wastes4.5 Surplus product4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluenttreatment4.7 Construction or demolition wastes4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment5

S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates,wherever possible) withsource of informationdata4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials4.10 Agricultural wastes4.11 Other solid wastes5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air(kg/hr)S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates,wherever possible) withsource of informationdata5.1 Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels fromstationary or mobile sources5.2 Emissions from production processes5.3 Emissions from materials handling includingstorage or transport5.4 Emissions from construction activities includingplant and equipment5.5 Dust or odours from handling of materialsincluding construction materials, sewage andwaste5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste5.7 Emissions from burning of waste in open air (e.g.slash materials, construction debris)5.8 Emissions from any other sources6

6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No Details thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates, whereverpossible) with source ofinformation data withsource of information data6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. engines,ventilation plant, crushers6.2 From industrial or similar processes6.3 From construction or demolition6.4 From blasting or piling6.5 From construction or operational traffic6.6 From lighting or cooling systems6.7 From any other sources7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants intothe ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or thesea:S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates,wherever possible) withsource of informationdata7.1 From handling, storage, use or spillage ofhazardous materials7.2 From discharge of sewage or other effluents towater or the land (expected mode and place ofdischarge)7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air intothe land or into water7.4 From any other sources7.5 Is there a risk of long term build up of pollutantsin the environment from these sources?7

8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, whichcould affect human health or the environmentS.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates, whereverpossible) with source ofinformation data8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc fromstorage, handling, use or production of hazardoussubstances8.2 From any other causes8.3 Could the project be affected by natural disasterscausing environmental damage (e.g. floods,earthquakes, landslides, cloudburst etc)?9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development)which could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impactswith other existing or planned activities in the localityS.No.Information/Checklist confirmationYes/NoDetails thereof (withapproximatequantities/rates, whereverpossible) with source ofinformation data9.1 Lead to development of supporting facilities,ancillary development or developmentstimulated by the project which could haveimpact on the environment e.g.: Supporting infrastructure (roads, powersupply, waste or waste water treatment,etc.) housing development extractive industries supply industries other9.2 Lead to after-use of the site, which could have animpact on the environment9.3 Set a precedent for later developments9.4 Have cumulative effects due to proximity toother existing or planned projects with similareffects8

(III) ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITYS.No. Areas Name/IdentityAerial distance (within 15km.)Proposed project locationboundary1 Areas protected under international conventions,national or local legislation for their ecological,landscape, cultural or other related value2 Areas which are important or sensitive forecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses orother water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres,mountains, forests3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitivespecies of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting,foraging, resting, over wintering, migration4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters5 State, National boundaries6 Routes or facilities used by the public for accessto recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas7 Defence installations8 Densely populated or built-up area9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses(hospitals, schools, places of worship,community facilities)10 Areas containing important, high quality orscarce resources (ground water resources,surface resources, forestry, agriculture,fisheries, tourism, minerals)11 Areas already subjected to pollution orenvironmental damage. (those where existinglegal environmental standards are exceeded)12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which couldcause the project to present environmentalproblems (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides,erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climaticconditions)9

(IV) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES“I hereby given undertaking that the data and information given in the application andenclosure are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and I am aware that if anypart of the data and information submitted is found to be false or misleading at anystage, the project will be rejected and clearance give, if any to the project will berevoked at our risk and cost.Date:______________Place:______________Signature of the applicantWith Name and Full Address(Project Proponent / Authorized Signatory)NOTE:1. The projects involving clearance under Coastal Regulation ZoneNotification, 1991 shall submit with the application a C.R.Z. map dulydemarcated by one of the authorized, agencies, showing the projectactivities, w.r.t. C.R.Z. and the recommendations of the State Coastal ZoneManagement Authority. Simultaneous action shall also be taken to obtainthe requisite clearance under the provisions of the C.R.Z. Notification,1991 for the activities to be located in the CRZ.2. The projects to be located within 10km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries,Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the projectproponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief WildlifeWarden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and therecommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden thereon.”10

ANNEXURE VCRITICALLY POLLUTED AREAS AS IDENTIFIED BY CPCB

Details of Critically Polluted Industrial Areas and Clusters / Potential Impact Zone in terms ofthe Office Memorandum no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II(I) dated 13.1.2010S. No. Critically Polluted IndustrialArea and CEPI1. Ankeshwar (Gujarat)CEPI-88.50(Ac_Wc_Lc)2 Vapi (Gujarat)CEPI-88.09(Ac_Wc_Lc)3 Ghaziabad (Uttar Pradesh)CEPI-87.37(Ac_Wc_Lc)4 Chandrapur(Maharashtra)CEPI-83.88 (Ac_Wc_Lc)5 Kobra (Chhatisgarh)CEPI-83.00 (Ac_Ws_Lc)6 Bhiwadi (Rajasthan)CEPI-82.91 (Ac_Wc_Ls)7 Angul Talcer(Orissa)CEPI-82.09 (Ac_Wc_Lc)Industrial Clusters/ Potential Impact ZonesGIDC Ankeshwar and GIDC, PanoliGIDC VapiSub-cluster A• Mohan nagar industrial area• Rajinder nagar industrial area• Sahibabad industrial areaSub-cluster B• Pandav nagar industrial area• Kavi nagar industrial area• Bulandshahar road industrial area• Amrit nagar• Aryanagar industrial areaSub-cluster C• Merrut road industrial areSub-cluster D• Loni industrial area• Loni Road industrial area• Roop nagar industrial areaSub-cluster E• Hapur Road industrial area• Dasna• PhilkuraSub-cluster F (Other scattered industrial areas)• South side of GT road• Kavi Nagar• Tronica city• Anand Nagar• Jindal Nagar• Prakash Nagar• Rural industrial estateChandrapur (MIDC Chandrapur, Tadali, Ghuggus, Ballapur)a) Industrial areas and their townships of NTPC,BALCO, CSEB (East) & CSEB (West)b) Korba towna) RIICO industrial areas Phase I to IVb) Bhiwadi townc) Other surrounding industrial areas: Chopanki,Rampura Mundana, Khuskhera Phase I to IIIa) MCL Coal mining area, Augul – Talcer regionb) Industrial area (60 km x 45 km)Following blocks of Augul district:- Kohina block- Talcher block- Angul block- Chhendipada block

8 Vellore (North Arcot) (TamilNadu)CEPI-81.79 (Ac_Wc_Lc)9 Singrauli (Uttar Pradesh)CEPI-81.73 (Ac_Wc_Ls)10 Ludhiana (Punjab)CEPI-81.66 (Ac_Wc_Ls)11 Nazafgarh drain basin, DelhiCEPI-79.54 (As_Wc_Lc)12 Noida (Uttar Pradesh)CEPI-78.90 (Ac_Wc_Lc)13 Dhanbad (Jharkhand)CEPI-78.63 (Ac_Ws_Lc)14 Dombivalli (Maharashtra)CEPI-78.41 (Ac_Wc_Ls)15 Kanpur (Uttar Pradesh)CEPI-78.09 (Ac_Wc_Ls)- Banarpal blockAndOdapada block of Dhenkamal districtRanipet, SIPCOT industrial complexSonebhadra (UP)• Dala-Tola• Obra• Renukoot• Anpara• Renusagar• Kakri• Dudhichuwa• Bina• Khadia• Shakti nagar• Rihand nagar• BijpurSigrauli (Madhya Pradesh)Vindhyachal nagar and Jaynat, Nigahi, Dudhichua, Amlohri &Jhingurdah townshipsLudhiana municipal limits covering industrial clusters:• Focal point along with NH-I- Total eight phase• Industrial area-B- from sherpur chowk to Gill road &Gill road to Miller Kotla road (left side of road)• Mixed industrial area – right side of Gill road• Industrial area –C (near Juglana village)• Industrial area A & extension: area between old GTroad and Ludhiana bypass road• Industrial estate: near Dholwal chowk• Mixes industrial area (MIA) Miller gunj• MIA – bypass road• Bahdur industrial area• Tejpur industrial complexIndustrila areas: Anand Parvat, Naraina, Okhla and WazirpurTerritorial Jurisdiction of:• Noida Phase-1• Noida Phase-2• Noida Phase-3• Surajpur industrial area• Greater Noida industrial area• Village- ChhaparaulaFour blocks of Dhanbad district:• Sadar (Dhanbad Municipality)• Jharia (Jharia Municipality, Sindri industrial area)• Govindpur (Govindpur industrial estate)• NirsaMIDC Phase- I, Phase- IIIndustrial areas:• Dada nagar• Panki• Fazalganj

16 Cuddalore (Tamil Nadu)CEPI-77.45 (As_Wc_Lc)17 Aurangabad (Maharashtra)CEPI-77.44 (Ac_Wc_Ls)18 Faridabad (Haryana)CEPI-77.07 (Ac_Ws_Lc)19 Agra (Uttar Pradesh)CEPI-76.48 (As_Wc_Ls)20 Manali (Tamil Nadu)CEPI-76.32 (Ac_Ws_Ls)21 Haldia (West Bengal)CEPI-75.43 (As_Wc_Ls)22 Ahmedabad (Gujarat)CEPI-75.28 (Ac_Ws_Ls)23 Jodhpur (Rajasthan)CEPI-75.19 (As_Wc_Ls)24 Greater Cochin (Kerala)CEPI-75.08 (As_Wc_Ls)25 Mandi Gobind Garh (Punjab)CEPI-75.08 (Ac_Ws_Lc)26 Howrah (West Bengal)CEPI-74.84 (As_Ws_Lc)27 Vatva (Gujarat)CEPI-74.77 (Ac_Wc_Ls)28 Ib Valley (Orissa)• Vijay nagar• JajmauSIPCOT industrial complex, Phase I & IIMIDC Chikhalthana, MIDC Waluj, MIDC Shendra, andPaithan road industrial area• Sector 27-A, B, C, D• DLF phase- 1, sector 31,32• DLF phase- 2, sector 35• Sector 4, 6, 24, 27, 31, 59• Industrial area Hatin• Industrial model townshipNunihai industrial estate, Rambag nagar, UPSIDC industrialarea, and Runukata industrial areaManali industrial area5 km wide strip (17.4 x 5.0 km) of industrial area on thesouthern side of the confluence point of Rivers Hugli andRupnarayan, coveringHaldia municipal area & Sutahata block – I and II• GIDC Odhav• GIDC Naroda• Industrial areas including Basni areas (phase-I & II),industrial estate, light & heavy industrial areas,industrial areas behind new power house, Mandore,Bornada, Sangariya and village Tanwada & Salawas.• Jodhpur cityEloor-Edayar industrial belt,Ambala Mogal industrial areasMandi Govindgarh municipal limit and khanna areaa) Liluah-Bamangachhi region, Howrahb) Jalan industrial complex-1, HowrahGIDC Vatva, Narol industrial area (Villages Piplaj,Shahwadi, Narol)Ib Valley of Jharsuguda (Industrial and mining area)CEPI-74.00 (Ac_Ws_Ls)29 Varansi-Mirzapur (UttarPradesh)CEPI-73.79 (As_Wc_Ls)30 Navi Mumbai (Maharashtra)• Industrial estate, Mirzapur• Chunar• Industrial estate, Chandpur, Varansi• UPSIC, industrial estate, Phoolpur• Industrial area, Ramnagar, ChandauliTTC industrial area, MIDC, Navi Mumbai (includingBocks-D, C, EL, A, R, General, Kalva)CEPI-73.77 (Ac_Ws_Ls)31 Pali (Rajasthan) a) Existing industrial areas: Mandia road, Puniyata road,Sumerpur

CEPI-73.73 (As_Wc_Ls)32 Mangalore (Karnataka)CEPI-73.68 (Ac_Ws_Ls)33 Jharsuguda (Orissa)CEPI-73.34 (Ac_Ws_Ls)34 Coimbatore (Tamil Nadu)CEPI-72.38 (Ac_Ws_Ln)35 Bhadravati (Karnataka)CEPI-72.33 (Ac_Ws_Ln)36 Tarapur (Maharashtra)CEPI-72.01 (Ac_Ws_Ls)37 Panipat (Haryana)CEPI-71.91 (As_Ws_Ls)38 Indore (Madhya Pradesh)CEPI-71.26 (As_Ws_Ls)39 Bhavnagar (Gujarat)CEPI-70.99 (As_Ws_Ls)40 Vishakhapatnam (AndhraPradesh)CEPI-70.82 (As_Ws_Ls)41 Junagarh (Gujarat)CEPI-70.82 (As_Ws_Ls)42 Asansole (West Bengal)CEPI-70.20 (As_Ws_Ls)43 Patancheru - Bollaram(Andhra Pradesh)CEPI-70.07 (As_Ws_Ls)b) Pali townBaikampady industrial areaIb valley of Jharsuguda (Industrial and mining area)SIDCO, Kurichi industrial ClustersKSSIDC Industrial area, Mysore paper mill & VISLtownship complexMIDC TarapurPanipat municipal limit and its industrial clustersFollowing 09 industrial area:• Sanwer road• Shivaji nagar• Pologround• Laxmibai nagar• Scheme no.71• Navlakha• Pipliya• Palda• Rau• Inodre city• Other surrounding industrial areas: Manglia, Rajoda,Asrawad, Tejpur GadwadiGIDI Chitra, BhavnagarBowl area(the area between Yarada hill range in the south toSimhachalam hill range in the north and sea on theeast and the present NH-5 in the west direction)Industrial areas:• Sabalpur• Jay Bhavani• Jay Bhuvneshwari• GIDC Junagarh (I&II)Bumpur area surrounding IISCOIndustrial area:• Patancheru• BollaramNote:Names of identified industrial clusters/potential impact zones are approximate location based on rapid surveyand assessment and may alter partially subject to the detailed field study and monitoring. Detailed mapping will

e made available showing spatial boundaries of the identified industrial clusters including zone of influence/buffer zone, after in depth field study.

ANNEXURE VIPre-Feasibility Report: Points for Possible Coverage

Table 1: Points for Possible Coverage in Pre-feasibility ReportS. No. Contents Points of Coverage in Pre-feasibility ReportI. Executive summary Details on prima facie idea of the project.II.Project DetailsNeed/Justification of theProjectCapacity of DistilleryIndustryCurrent demand scenario of the productAlternatives to meet the demandPost project scenario on residual demandProduction capacity of the industrySustainability of raw material supply and qualityOptimization of plant capacityProcess technology Analysis of all available/advanced technologies, etc. Analysis of various possible configurations for each technologyor a combination of these technologies from availablemanufactures Broad specifications for the distillery plants (s) including butnot limited to:- Plant outputs and process flow diagrams for eachalternative- Electrical equipment, I&C equipment, DCS equipmentwith redundancy- Balance of plant equipment- General plant layoutResources/raw materials Details on raw material, by products/co-products Water- Water requirement for process, utilities, domestic,gardening etc.- Source of construction water and potable water- Source of circulating/consumptive water- Quality of raw water, treated water- Water budget calculations and effluent generation- Approved water allocation quota (drinking, irrigation andindustrial use) and surplus availability- Feasible ways of bringing water to site indicatingconstraints if any.- Lean season water availability and allocation source incase main source not perennial. Manpower Infrastructure Electrical power Construction material like sand, brick, stone chips, borrow earthetc.Rejects (Pollution Air emissionspotential) Water pollution Solid / hazardous waste Noise OdourTechnical profile Construction details- Estimated duration- Number of construction workers including migratingworkers- Construction equipment- Vehicular traffic- Source, mode of transportation and storage of constructionii

III.material Traffic that would arise during different phases of the projectand transportation mechanism to handle such traffic New facilities needed Technical parameters of the plant & equipments to be used Product storage and associated transportation system Product demand & supply position data on regional basisProject schedule Outline project implementation and procurement arrangementincluding contract packaging Project implementation schedule showing various activitiesFuture prospects Ascertain the costs and benefits of the proposed project forproject life Technical and logistic constraints/ requirements of projectsustainabilitySelection of site based on least possible impactsi. Choice of site selectionMajor techno-economic Land availability & its developmentfeasibility considerations Product demand around the selected site Access to site for transportation of equipments/constructionmachinery, material, etc. Raw material, fuels; like Biomass (rice husk/ wood chips),spent wash concentrate availability and its transportation Water availability and consumptive use Product transportation Infrastructure availability at selected site Inter-state issue, if anyIncompatible landuse andecologically sensitive If any incompatible land-use attributes fall within the studyarea, the following details has to be provided:attributes with respect toidentified suitable sites- Public water supply areas from rivers/surface waterbodies, from groundwater- Scenic areas/tourism areas/hill resorts- Religious places, pilgrim centers that attract over 10 lakhpilgrims a year- Protected tribal settlements (notified tribal areas whereindustrial activity is not permitted); CRZ- Monuments of national significance, World HeritageSites- Cyclone, Tsunami prone areas (based on last 25 years);- Airport areas- Any other feature as specified by the State or localgovernment and other features as locally applicable,including prime agricultural lands, pastures, migratorycorridors, etc. If ecologically sensitive attributes fall within the study area,please give details. Ecologically sensitive attributes include- National parks- Wild life sanctuaries Game reserve- Tiger reserve/elephant reserve/turtle nesting ground- Breeding grounds- Core zone of biosphere reserve- Habitat for migratory birds- Mangrove area- Tropical forests- Important lakes- Endangered species of flora and fauna, etc.Social aspects Corporate responsibilities & status of compliance Employments and infrastructure added in the vicinity of theplantiii

ii.Details of selected siteStatus of land availability, current and post project land usevariationLand details Land requirement and availability Land ownership details such as Government, private, tribal,non-tribal, etc. Total area of the project/site Prevailing land cost detailsLocation Geographical details - Longitude & latitude, village, taluka,district, state Approach to site – roads, railways and airports Distance from nearest residential and industrial areas Distance from nearest water bodies such as river, canal, dam,etc Distance from ecologically sensitive areas In case of flood prone areas, HFL of the site In case of seismic areas, seismic zone, active faults, occurrenceon earthquakes, etc. Proximity from infrastructural facilitiesPhysical characteristics Demography Meteorological data Landuse pattern such as agricultural, barren, forest, etc. anddetails thereof Topography of the area Drainage patterns Soil condition and soil investigation results Ground profile and levelsIV. Anticipated impacts Populationbased on project Flora and faunaoperations on receiving Waterenvironment Soil Air Climate Landscape, etc.V. Proposed broad Preventive measuresmitigation measures Source control measureswhich could effectively Mitigation measures at the receiving environment, etc.be internalized asproject components tohave environmental andsocial acceptance of theproposed siteVI.An indication of any difficulties (technical deficiencies or lack of know-how) encountered bythe developer in compiling the required information.The above listing is not exhaustive. Thus the proponent may provide additional necessaryinformation, felt appropriate, to include in the pre-feasibility study report in support of selectingthe site for the proposed developmental activities. The Concerned EAC/SEAC during scrutiny,may specifically ask for any additional information/data required to substantiate the requirementto prescribe the ToR for EIA studies. However, it is to make clear that all the required furtherinformation by EAC/SEAC may be mentioned in one single letter, within the prescribed time.iv

ANNEXURE VIITYPES OF MONITORING AND NETWORK DESIGNCONSIDERATIONS

TYPES OF MONITORING AND NETWORK DESIGN CONSIDERATIONSA. Types of MonitoringMonitoring refers to the collection of data using a series of repetitive measurements ofenvironmental parameters (or, more generally, to a process of systematic observation).The environmental quality monitoring programme design will be dependent upon themonitoring objectives specified for the selected area of interest. The main types of EIAmonitoring activities are:Baseline monitoring is the measurement of environmental parameters during the preprojectperiod for the purpose of determining the range of variation of the system andestablishing reference points against which changes can be measured. This leads tothe assessment of the possible (additional available) assimilative capacity of theenvironmental components in pre-project period w.r.t. the standard or target level.Effects monitoring is the measurement of environmental parameters during projectconstruction and implementation to detect changes which are attributable to theproject to provide the necessary information to:− verify the accuracy of EIA predictions; and− determine the effectiveness of measures to mitigate adverse effects of projects onthe environment.− Feedback from environmental effect monitoring programs may be used to improvethe predictive capability of EIAs and also determine whether more or less stringentmitigation measures are neededCompliance monitoring is the periodic sampling or continuous measurement ofenvironmental parameters to ensure that regulatory requirements and standards arebeing met.Compliance and effects monitoring occurs during the project construction, operation, andabandonment stages. The resources and institutional set-up should be available for themonitoring at these stages. All large-scale construction projects will require someconstruction stage monitoring. To control the environmental hazards of construction asspecified in the EIA, a monitoring program should be established to ensure that eachmitigation measure is effectively implemented. There are numerous potential areas formonitoring during operations.The scope of monitoring topics discussed in this chapter is limited to Baseline and Effectsmonitoring. In addition, this chapter will also discuss the Compliance monitoring duringthe construction phase. Post-project monitoring requirements are discussed in the EMP.Before any field monitoring tasks are undertaken there are many institutional, scientific,and fiscal issues that must be addressed in the implementation of an environmentalmonitoring program. Careful consideration of these issues in the design and planningstages will help avoid many of the pitfalls associated with environmental monitoringprograms. Although these issues are important but the discussions here are confined to themonitoring network design component.i

B. Network DesignAnalysis of Significant Environmental IssuesAt the outset of planning for an environmental monitoring network, the EIA manager maynot know exactly what should be monitored, when monitoring should begin, where itshould monitor, which techniques should be employed, and who should takeresponsibility for its conduct. Because there are usually a number of objective decisionsassociated with network design to be made, it is important to start with an analysis ofenvironmental issues. The scoping phase of an EIA is designed to identify and focus onthe major issues. Scoping should provide a valuable source of information on theconcerns that need to be addressed by the monitoring network design. These are projectspecific as well as specific to the environmental setting of the location where the projectis proposed to be locatedHence, the network designs are associated with questions like:What are the expected outputs of the monitoring activity?Which problems do we need to address to? etc.Defining the output will influence the design of the network and optimize the resourcesused for monitoring. It will also ensure that the network is specially designed to optimizethe information on the problems at handWhat to Monitor?The question of what to monitor is associated with the identification of VECs.VECs are generally defined as environmental attributes or components of theenvironment that are valued by society as identified during the scoping stage of theproject. They are determined on the basis of perceived public concerns. For example,changes to water quality and quantity could have implications on fish by affecting habitat,food supply, oxygen, and contaminant uptake. Similarly, employment and business, andeconomies are both VECs that serve as pathways.The choice of VECs is also related to the perceived significant impact of the projectimplementation on important environmental components. In general, the significance orimportance of environmental components is judged based on:legal protection provided (for example, rare and endangered species)political or public concerns (for example, resource use conflicts and sustainabledevelopment)scientific judgment (for example, ecological importance); orcommercial or economic importanceHowever, in addition to their economic, social, political or ecological significance, thechosen VEC should also have unambiguous operational ease, be accessible to predictionand measurement; and be susceptible to hazard. Once the VECs are defined, the VECsmay be directly measured (for example, extent of habitat for an endangered species). Incases where it is impossible or impractical to directly measure the VECs, the chosenmeasurement endpoints or environmental indicators must correspond to, or be predictiveof assessment endpoints.The chosen environmental indicators must be: 1) measurable; 2) appropriate to the scaleof disturbance/ contamination; 3) appropriate to the impact mechanism; 4) appropriateii

and proportional to temporal dynamics; 5) diagnostic; and 6) standardized; as well ashave: 1) a low natural variability; 2) a broad applicability; and 3) an existing data series.Where, How and How Many Times to Monitor?These are the other components of Monitoring Network Design. These questions are bestanswered based on local field conditions, capacity and resources available, prevailinglegal and regulatory priorities, etc. For this screening or reconnaissance Surveys of thestudy area also necessary. This may also include some simple inexpensive measurementsand assimilative/dispersion modeling. The data will give some information on theprevailing special and temporal variations, and the general background air pollution in thearea. The number of monitoring stations and the indicators to be measured at each stationin the final permanent network may then be decided upon based on the results of thescreening study as well as on the knowledge of the sources of the proposed developmentand prevailing local environmental/meteorological conditions. The best possibledefinition of the air pollution problem, together with the analysis of the resources:personnel, budget and equipment available, represent the basis for the decision on thefollowing questions:What spatial density (number) of sampling stations is required? How many samplesare needed and during what period (sampling (averaging) time and frequency)?Where should the stations be located?What kind of equipment should be used?What additional background information is needed?− meteorology− topography− population density− emission sources and emission rates− effects and impactsHow will the data be made available/communicated?C. Site SelectionThis normally means that for designing a monitoring programme in an (study) area whichmight have an impact, several monitoring stations are needed for characterizing thebaseline conditions of the impacted area. When considering the location of individualsamplers, it is essential that the data collected are representative for the location and typeof area without the undue influence from the immediate surroundings. In anymeasurement point in the study area the total ambient concentration is the representativeof:natural background concentrationregional backgroundimpact of existing large regional sources such as Industrial emissions and other powerplantsTo obtain the information about the importance of these different contributions it istherefore necessary to locate monitoring stations so that they are representative fordifferent impacts. In addition to the ambient pollution data, one would often need otherdata governing the variations such as meteorological data for air pollution, to identify andquantify the sources contributing to the measurements.. When considering the location ofindividual samplers, it is essential that the data collected are representative for thelocation and type of area without undue influence from the immediate surroundings.iii

ANNEXURE VIIIGuidance for Assessment of Baseline Components and Attributes

GUIDANCE FOR ASSESSMENT OF BASELINE COMPONENTS AND ATTRIBUTES*AttributesNetworkSamplingFrequencyMethod ofMeasurementRemarksA. Land EnvironmentSoilParticle size distributionTexturepHElectrical conductivityCation exchange capacityAlkali metalsSodium Absorption Ratio(SAR)PermeabilityPorosityB. Land Use/LandscapeOne surface samplefrom each landfilland/or hazardouswaste site (ifapplicable) and primevillages, (soil samplesbe collected as perBIS specifications) inthe study areaSeason-wiseCollected and analyzedas per soil analysisreference book,M.I.Jackson and soilanalysis reference bookby C.A. BlackThe purpose of impactassessment on soil (landenvironment) is to assessthe significant impactsdue to leaching of wastesor accidental releases andcontaminatingLocation codeTotal project areaTopographyDrainage (natural)Cultivated, forestplantations, water bodies,roads and settlementsC. Solid WasteAt least 20 pointsalong with plantboundary and generalmajor land usecategories in thestudy area. `Drainage once in thestudy period andland use categoriesfrom secondary data(local maps) andsatellite imageries Globalpositioningsystem Topo-sheets SatelliteImageries (1:25,000) SatelliteImageries (1:25,000)Drainage within the plantarea and surrounding isvery important for stormwater impacts.From land use mapssensitive receptors(forests, parks,mangroves etc.) can beidentifiedQuantity: Based on waste generatedFor green field unitesit is based onProcess wise oractivity wise forGuidelinesi

Attributesfrom per unit productionPer capita contributionCollection, transport anddisposal systemProcess WasteQuality (oily, chemical,biological)General segregation intobiological/organic/inert/hazardousLoss on heatingpHElectrical ConductivityCalorific value, metals etc.Quality: Permeability And porosity Moisture pH Electrical conductivity Loss on ignition Phosphorous Total nitrogen Cation exchange capacity Particle size distribution Heavy metal Ansonia FlourideD. Biological Environment (aquatic)Networksecondary data baseof earlier plants.Grab and CompositesamplesGrab and Compositesamples. Recyclablecomponents have toanalyzed for therecyclingrequirementsSamplingFrequencyrespective rawmaterial used.Domestic wastedepends upon theseason alsoProcess wise oractivity wise forrespective rawmaterial used.Domestic wastedepends upon theseason alsoProcess wise oractivity wise forrespective rawmaterial used.Method ofMeasurementIS 9569 : 1980IS 10447 : 1983IS 12625 : 1989IS 12647 : 1989IS 12662 (PTI) 1989AnalysisIS 9334 : 1979IS 9235 : 1979IS 10158 : 1982AnalysisIS 9334 : 1979IS 9235 : 1979IS 10158 : 1982RemarksImpacts of hazardouswaste should beperformed criticallydepending on the wastecharacteristics and placeof discharge. For landdisposal the guidelinesshould be followed andimpacts of accidentalreleases should beassessed Primary productivity Considering probable Season changes are Standards techniques Seasonal sampling forii

AttributesAquatic weedsEnumeration ofphytoplankton, zooplanktonand benthosFisheriesDiversity indicesTrophic levelsRare and endangeredspecies Sanctuaries / closed areas /Coastal regulation zone(CRZ)TerrestrialVegetation – species, list,economic importance,forest produce, medicinalvalueImportance value index(IVI) of treesWild animalsAvifaunaRare and endangeredspeciesSanctuaries / National park/ Biosphere reserveNetworkimpact, samplingpoints and number ofsamples to be decidedon establishedguidelines onecological studiesbased on site ecoenvironmentsettingwithin 10/25 kmradius from theproposed siteSamples to collectfrom upstream anddownstream ofdischarge point,nearby tributaries atdown stream, andalso from dug wellsclose to activity siteFor forest studies,chronic as well asshort-term impactsshould be analyzedwarranting data onmicro climateconditionsSamplingFrequencyMethod ofMeasurementvery important (APHA et. Al. 1995,Rau and Wooten 1980)to be followed forsampling andmeasurementRemarksaquatic biotaOne season for terrestrialbiota, in addition tovegetation studies duringmonsoon seasonPreliminary assessmentMicroscopic analysis ofplankton andmeiobenthos, studies ofmacrofauna, aquaticvegetation andapplication of indices,viz. Shannon, similarity,dominance IVI etcPoint quarter plot-lessmethod (randomsampling) for terrestrialvegetation survey.Secondary data to collectfrom Governmentoffices, NGOs, publishedliteraturePlankton netSediment dredgeDepth samplerMicroscopeiii

AttributesE. Socio-economicNetworkSamplingFrequencyMethod ofMeasurementRemarksField binocular Demographic structure Socio-economic Different impacts Primary data collection Secondary data from Infrastructure resource base survey is based on occurs during through R&R surveys census records, statistical Economic resource base proportionate, construction and (if require) orhard books, toposheets, Health status: Morbiditypatternstratified and randomsampling methodoperational phasesof the projectcommunity survey arebased on personalhealth records andrelevant official records Cultural and aestheticinterviews and available with Govt.attributesquestionnaireagencies* Project Specific concerned parameters needs to be identified by the project proponent and shall be incorporated in the draft ToR, to be submitted to the Authority forthe consideration and approval by the EAC/SEAC.iv

ANNEXURE IXSources of Secondary Data

Annexure VIIA: Potential Sources of Data For EIAInformationAir Environment1. Meteorology- Temperature, Rainfall, Humidity,Inversion, Seasonal Wind rose pattern (16 pointcompass scale), cloud cover, wind speed, winddirection, stability, mixing depth2. Ambient Air Quality- 24 hourly concentration ofSPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, COWater Environment3. Surface water- water sources, water flow (leanseason), water quality, water usage, Downstreamwater usersCommand area development planCatchment treatment plan4. Ground Water- groundwater rechargerate/withdrawal rate, ground water potentialgroundwater levels (pre monsoon, post monsoon),ground water quality, changes observed in qualityand quantity of ground water in last 15 years5. Coastal waters- water quality, tide and current data,bathymetryBiological Environment6. Description of Biological Environment- inventoryof flora and fauna in 7 km radius, endemic species,endangered species, Aquatic Fauna, Forest land,forest type and density of vegetation, biosphere,national parks, wild life sanctuaries, tiger reserve,elephant reserve, turtle nesting ground, core zoneof biosphere reserve, habitat of migratory birds,routes of migratory birdsLand Environment7. Geographical Information-Latitude, Longitude,Elevation ( above MSL)Source Indian Meteorology Department, PuneCentral Pollution Control Board (CPCB),State Pollution Control Board (SPCB),Municipal CorporationsMinistry of Environment and Forests (MoEF)State Department of Environment (DoEN)Central Water Commission (CWC),Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), Central Waterand Power Research Institute (CWPRS), PuneState Irrigation DepartmentHydel Power generation organizations such asNHPC, State SEBsCentral Ground Water Board (CGWB)Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA)State Ground Water Board (SGWB)National Water Development Authority (NWDA)Department of Ocean Development, New DelhiState Maritime BoardsNaval Hydrographer’s Office, DehradunPort AuthoritiesNational Institute of Oceanography (NIO), GoaDistrict GazetteersNational Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA),HyderabadForest Survey of India, DehradunWildlife Institute of IndiaWorld Wildlife FundZoological Survey of IndiaBotanical Survey of IndiaBombay Natural History Society, (BNHS), MumbaiState Forest DepartmentsState Fisheries DepartmentMinistry of Environment and ForestsState Agriculture DepartmentsState Agriculture UniversitiesToposheets of Survey of India, PuneNational Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA),HyderabadSpace Application Centre (SAC), AhmedabadREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 1

Information8. Nature of Terrain, topography map indicatingcontours (1:2500 scale)9. Hydrogeology- Hydrogeological report (in case ofground water is used/area is droughtprone/wastewater is likely to discharged on land)Geomorphological analysis (topography anddrainage pattern)Geological analysis (GeologicalFormations/Disturbances- geological and structuralmaps, geomorphological contour maps, structuralfeatures, including lineaments, fractures, faults andjoints)Hydrogeological analysis (disposition of permeableformations, surface-ground water links, hydraulicparameter determination etc)Analysis of the natural soil and water to assesspollutant absorption capacity10. Nature of Soil, permeability, erodibilityclassification of the landSource Survey of India Toposheets National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA),Hyderabad State Remote Sensing Centre, Space Application Centre (SAC), Ahmedabad NRSA, Hyderbad Survey of India Toposheets Geological Survey of India State Geology Departments State Irrigation Department Department of Wasteland Development, Ministry ofRural Areas National Water Development Authority (NWDA)Agriculture UniversitiesState Agriculture DepartmentIndian Council for Agriculture ResearchState Soil Conservation DepartmentsNational Bureau of Soil Survey and Landuse PlanningCentral Arid Zone Research Institute (CAZRI),Jodhpur11. Landuse in the project area and 10 km radius of theperiphery of the project12. Coastal Regulation Zones- CRZMP, CRZclassification, Demarcation of HTL and LTL Survey of India- ToposheetsAll India Soil and Landuse Survey; DelhiNational Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA),HyderabadTown and County Planning OrganisationState Urban Planning DepartmentRegional Planning Authorities (existing and proposedplans)Village Revenue Map- District CollectorateDirectorate of Economics and Statistics-StateGovernmentSpace Application Centre, AhmedabadUrban Development DepartmentState Department of EnvironmentState Pollution Control BoardSpace Application Centre*Centre for Earth Sciences Studies,Thiruvanthapuram*Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna UniversityChennai*Naval Hydrographer’s Office, Dehradun*National Institute of Oceanography, Goa*National Institute of Ocean Technology, ChennaiCentre for Earth Science Studies Agencies authorized for approval of demarcation of HTL and LTLREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 2

InformationSocial13. Socioeconomic - population, number of housesand present occupation pattern within 7 km fromthe periphery of the project14. Monuments and heritage sitesSource Census Department District Gazetteers- State Government District Statistics- District Collectorate International Institute of Population Sciences,Mumbai (limited data) Central Statistical OrganisationDistrict GazetteerArcheological Survey of India,INTACHDistrict CollectorateCentral and State Tourism DepartmentState Tribal and Social Welfare DepartmentNatural Disasters15. Seismic data (Mining Projects)- zone no, no ofearthquakes and scale, impacts on life, propertyexisting mines16. Landslide prone zone, geomorphologicalconditions, degree of susceptibility to massmovement, major landslide history (frequency ofoccurrence/decade), area affected, populationaffectedIndian Meteorology Department, PuneGeological Survey of IndiaSpace Application Centre17. Flood/cyclone/droughts- frequency of occurrenceper decade, area affected, population affectedIndustrial18. Industrial Estates/Clusters, Growth Centres19. Physical and Chemical properties of raw materialand chemicals (Industrial projects); fuel quality20. Occupational Health and Industrial Hygienemajoroccupational health and safety hazards,health and safety requirements, accident histories21. Pollutant release inventories (Existing pollutionsources in area within 10 km radius)22. Water requirement (process, cooling water, DMwater, Dust suppression, drinking, green belt, fireservice)Natural Disaster Management Division inDepartment of Agriculture and CooperationIndian Meteorological DepartmentState Industrial CorporationIndustrial AssociationsState Pollution Control BoardsConfederation Indian Industries (CII)FICCIMaterial and Safety Data SheetsENVIS database of Industrial Toxicological ResearchCentre, LucknowIndian Institute PetroleumCentral Labour Institute, MumbaiDirectorate of Industrial SafetyENVIS Database of Industrial Toxicological ResearchCentre, LucknowNational Institute of Occupational Health,AhmedabadProject proponents which have received EC and havecommenced operationsEIA ReportsNational and International BenchmarksREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 3

Annexure VIIB: Summary of Available Data with Potential Data Sources for EIAAgency1. Archaeological Survey of IndiaDepartment of CultureGovernment of IndiaJanpath, New Delhi - 110011Asi@del3.vsnl.net.in2. Botanical Survey Of IndiaP-8, Brabourne Road Calcutta700001Tel#033 2424922Fax#033 2429330Email: envis@cal2.vsnl.net.in. .RO - Coimbatore, Pune, Jodhpur,Dehradun, Allahabad, Gantok,Itanagar, Port Blair3. Bureau of Indian StandardsManak Bhawan, 9 Bahadur ShahZafar Marg, New Delhi 110 002Tel#3230131, 3233375, 3239402 (10lines)Fax : 91 11 3234062, 3239399,3239382Email- bis@vsnal.com4. Central Water Commission (CWC)Sewa Bhawan, R.K.PuramNew Delhi - 110066cmanoff@niccwc.delhi.nic.inRO- Bangalore, Bhopal,Bhubaneshwar, Chandigarh,Coimbatore/Chennai, Delhi,Hyderabad, Lucknow, Nagpur,Patna, Shillong, Siliguri andVadodara5. Central Ground Water Board(HO) N.H.IV, New CGOComplex,Faridabad - 121001RO - Guwahati, Chandigarh,Ahemadabad, Trivandrum,Calcutta, Bhopal, Lucknow,Banglore, Nagpur, Jammu,Bhubneshwar, Raipur, Jaipur,Chennai, Hyderabad, PatnaInformation AvailableInventory of monuments and sites of national importance- Listing anddocumentation of monuments according to world heritage, prehistoric, proto historic and secular, religious places and forts Photodiversity documentation of flora at National, State and Districtlevel and flora of protected areas, hotspots, fragile ecosystems, sacredgroves etc Identification of threatened species including endemics, theirmapping, population studies Database related to medicinal plants, rare and threatened plant species Red data book of Indian plants (Vol 1,2, and 3) Manual for roadside and avenue plantation in IndiaBureau of Indian Standards Committees on Earthquake Engineeringand Wind Engineering have a Seismic Zoning Map and the WindVelocity Map including cyclonic winds for the countryCentral Data Bank -Collection, collation and Publishing ofHydrological, Hydrometeorological, Sediment and Water Qualitydata-.Basin wise Master PlansFlood atlas for IndiaFlood Management and Development and Operation of FloodForecasting System- CWC operate a network of forecasting stationsOver 6000 forecasts are issued every year with about 95% of theforecasts within the permissible limit.Water Year Books, Sediment Year Books and Water Quality YearBooks.Also actively involved in monitoring of 84 identified projects throughNational, State and Project level Environmental Committees forensuring implementation of environmental safeguardssurveys, exploration, monitoring of ground water development16Based on web search and literature reviewREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 4

6. Central Pollution Control BoardParivesh Bhawan, CBD-cum-OfficeComplexEast Arjun Nagar, DELHI - 110 032INDIAE-mail : cpcb@alpha.nic.in7. Central Arid Zone ResearchInstitute, JodhpurEmail : cazri@x400.nicgw.nic.inRegional Centre at Bhuj in GujaratNational Air Quality Monitoring ProgrammeNational River Water Quality Monitoring Programme- GlobalEnvironment Monitoring , MINARSZoning Atlas ProgrammeInformation on 17 polluting category industries (inventory, categorywise distribution, compliance, implementation of pollution controlprogrammesAGRIS database on all aspects of agriculture from 1975 to dateAlso have cell on Agriculture Research Information System;Working on ENVIS project on desertificationRepository of information on the state of natural resources anddesertification processes and their controlThe spectrum of activities involves researches on basic resourceinventories; monitoring of desertification, rehabilitation andmanagement of degraded lands and other areas8. Central Inland Capture FisheriesResearch Institute, Barrackpore-743101,Tel#033-5600177Fax#033-5600388Email : cicfri@x400.nicgw.nic.in9. Central Institute of Brackish WaterAquaculture141, Marshalls Road, Egmore ,Chennai - 600 008,Tel# 044-8554866, 8554891,Director (Per) 8554851Fax#8554851,Data Base onEcology and fisheries of major river systems of India.Biological features of commercially important riverine and estuarinefish species.Production functions and their interactions in floodplain wetlands.Activities - Environmental Impact Assessment for ResourceManagement ; Fisheries Resource surveysRepository of information on brackish water fishery resources withsystematic database of coastal fishery resources for ARISAgricultural Research Information System (ARIS) database coversState wise data on soil and water quality parameters, land use pattern,production and productivity trends,Social, economic and environmental impacts of aquaculture farming,Guidelines and effluent standards for aquaculture farming10. Central Marine Fisheries ResearchInstitute (CMFRI), Cochin11. Central Water and Power ResearchStation, PuneTel#020-4391801-14; 4392511;4392825Fax #020-4392004,439018912. Central Institute of Road Transport,Bhosari, Pune411 026, India.Tel : +91 (20) 7125177, 7125292,7125493, 7125494Assessing and monitoring of exploited and un-exploited fish stocks inIndian EEZMonitoring the health of the coastal ecosystems, particularly theendangered ecosystems in relation to artisanal fishing, mechanisedfishing and marine pollutionThe institute has been collecting data on the catch and effort andbiological characteristics for nearly half a century based onscientifically developed sampling scheme, covering all the maritimeStates of the countryThe voluminous data available with the institute is managed by theNational Marine Living Resources Data Centre (NMLRDC)Numerical and Physical models for hydro-dynamic simulationsRepository of data on all aspects of performance of STUs and a hostof other related road transport parametersREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 5

13. Department of Ocean Development 14. Environment Protection Training and Research InstituteGachibowli, Hyderabad - 500 019,India Phone: +91-40-3001241,3001242, 3000489Fax: +91-40- 3000361E-mail: info@eptri.comAssessment of environment parameters and marine living resources(primary and secondary) in Indian EEZ (Nodal Agency NIO Kochi)Stock assessment, biology and resource mapping of deep sea shrimps,lobsters and fishes in Indian EEZ (Nodal agency-Fisheries Survey ofIndia)Investigations of toxical algal blooms and benthic productivity inIndian EEZ (Nodal agency- Cochin University of Science andtechnology)Coastal Ocean Monitoring and Prediction System (COMAP) -monitoring and modelling of marine pollution along entire Indiancoast and islands. Parameters monitored are temp, salinity, DO, pH,SS, BOD, inorganic phosphate, nitrate, nitrite, ammonia, totalphosphorus, total nitrite, total organic carbon, petroleumhydrocarbons, pathogenic vibros, pathogenic E.coli, shigella,salmonella, heavy metals (Cd, Hg, Pb) and pesticide residues (DDT,BHC, Endosulfan). Monitoring is carried out along the ecologicallysensitive zones and urban areas (NIO Mumbai- Apex coordinatingagency).Sea Level Measurement Programe (SELMAM)- sea level measurementat selected stations (Porbandar, Bombay, Goa, Cochin, Tuticorin,Madras, Machilipatnam, Visakhapatnam, Paradeep, Calcutta andKavaratti (Lakshadweep Island)) along Indian coast and islands usingmodern tide gaugesDetailed coastal maps through Survey of India showing contour at 1/2a metre interval in the scale of 1:25000. (Nellore- Machhalipatnam workalready over)Marine Data Centre (MDC) IMD for Ocean surface meteorology,GSI for marine geology, SOI for tide levels, Naval HydrographicOffice for bathymetry, NIO Goa for physical chemical and biologicaloceanography, NIO Mumbai for marine pollution, CMFRI forcoastal fisheries, Institute of Ocean Management Madras for coastalgeomorphologyDOD has setup Indian National Centre for Ocean InformationServices (INCOIS) at Hyderabad for generation and dissemination ofocean data products (near real time data products such as sea surfacetemperature, potential fishing zones, upwelling zones, maps, eddies,chlorophyll, suspended sediment load etc). MDC will be integratedwith INCOISIntegrated Coastal and Marine Area Management (ICMAM)programme - GIS based information system for management of 11critical habitats namely Pichavaram, Karwar, Gulf of Mannar, Gulf ofKhambat, Gulf of Kutch, Malvan, Cochin, Coringa mangroves,Gahirmata, Sunderbans and Kadamat (Lakshadeep)Wetland maps for Tamil Nadu and Kerala showing the locations oflagoons, backwaters, estuaries, mudflats etc (1:50000 scale)Coral Reef Maps for Gulf of Kachch, Gulf of Mannar, Andaman andNicobar and Lakshadeep Islands (1:50,000 scale) indicating thecondition of corals, density etcEnvironment Information Centre- has appointed EPTRI as theDistributed Information Centre for the Eastern Ghats region of India.EIC Collaborates with the Stockholm Environment Institute SwedenDatabase on Economics of Industrial Pollution Prevention in IndiaDatabase of Large and Medium Scale Industries of Andhra PradeshEnvironmental Status of the Hyderabad Urban AgglomerationStudy on ‘water pollution-health linkages’ for a few Districts of A.PREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 6

15. Forest Survey of India (FSI) Kaulagarh Road, P.O., IPEDehradun - 248 195Tel# 0135-756139, 755037, 754507 Fax # 91-135-759104E-Mail : fsidir@nde.vsnl.net.in fsihq@nde.vsnl.net.inRO- Banglore, Calcutta, Nagpurand Shimla16. Geological Survey of India 27 Jawaharlal Nehru Road, Calcutta 700 016, India Telephone +91-33-2496941 FAX 91-33-2496956 gsi_chq@vsnl.com17. Indian Council of Agriculture Research,Krishi Bhawan, New Delhi,Tel#011-338206− ICAR complex, Goa- Agrometrology− Central Arid Zone ResearchInstitute- Agro forestry− Central Soil salinity ResearchInstitute,− Indian Institute of Soil Science− Central Soil and WaterConservation Research andTraining Institute− National Bureau of Soil Surveyand Landuse Planning18. Indian Bureau of Mines Indira Bhawan, Civil Lines Nagpur Ph no - 0712-533 631,Fax- 0712-533 041Environment Quality MappingMacro level studies for six districts in the State of Andhra PradeshMicro level studies for two study zones presenting the permissiblepollutant load and scoping for new industrial categoriesZonation of the IDA, Parwada which helped APIIC to promote theland for industrial developmentDisaster management plan for Visakhapatnam Industrial Bowl AreaState of Forest Report (Biannual)National Forest Vegetation Map (Biannual exercise) (on 1: 1 millionscale)Thematic mapping on 1:50,000 scale depicting the forest type, speciescomposition, crown density of forest cover and other landuse NationalBasic Forest Inventory SystemInventory survey of non forest areaForest inventory report providing details of area estimates,topographic description, health of forest, ownership pattern,estimation of volume and other growth parameters such as height anddiameter in different types of forest, estimation of growth,regeneration and mortality of important species, volume equation andwood consumption of the area studiedEnvironmental hazards zonation mapping in mineral sectorCodification of base line information of geo-environmentalappreciation of any terrain and related EIA and EMP studiesLineament and geomorphological map of India on 1:20,000 scale.Photo-interpreted geological and structural maps of terrains withlimited field checks.A total of 80,000 profiles at 10 kms grid across the country wereanalyzed to characterize the soils of India.Detailed soil maps of the Country (1:7 million), State (1:250,000) anddistricts map (1:50,000) depicting extent of degradation (1:4.4 millions)have been prepared.Thematic maps depicting soil depth, texture drainage, calcareousness,salinity, pH, slope and erosion have been publishedAgro-climate characterization of the country based on moisture,thermal and sunshine regimesAgro-ecological zones (20) and sub-zones (60) for the country weredelineated based on physiography, soils, climate, Length of GrowingPeriod and Available Water Content, and mapped on 1:4.4 millionscale.Digitization of physiography and soil resource base on 1:50,000 scalefor 14 States have been completed..Soil fertility maps of N,P,K,S and Zn have also been developedWater quality guidelines for irrigation and naturally occurringsaline/sodic waterCalibration and verification of ground water models for predictingwater logging and salinity hazards in irrigation commandsNational mineral inventory for 61 minerals and mineral mapsStudies on environmental protection and pollution control in regardto the mining and mineral beneficiation operationsCollection, processing and storage of data on mines, minerals andmineral-based industries, collection and maintenance of world mineralintelligence, foreign mineral legislation and other related mattersREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 7

19. Indian Meteorology Department Shivaji nagar, Pune 41100RO- Mumbai, Chennai, Calcutta,New Delhi, Nagpur, Guwahati20. INTACH Natural Heritage, 71 Lodi Estate, NewDelhi-110 003Tel. 91-11-4645482, 4632267/9,4631818, 4692774, 4641304 Fax : 91-11-4611290E-mail : nh@intach.net21. Industrial Toxicology Research CentrePost Box No. 80, Mahatma GandhiMarg, Lucknow-226001,Phone: +91-522-221856,213618,228227; Fax : +91-522 228227Email: itrc@itrcindia.org22. Indian Institute of Forest ManagementPost Box No. 357, Nehru NagarBhopal - 462 003Phone # 0755-575716, 573799,765125, 767851Fax # 0755-57287823. Indian Institute of Petroleum Mohkampur , Dehradun, India, 2480050135- 660113 to 1160135- 67198624. Ministry of Environment and Forest25. Mumbai Metropolitan Regional Development AuthorityMeteorological dataBackground air quality monitoring network under GlobalAtmospheric Watch Programme (operates 10 stations)Seismicity map, seismic zoning map; seismic occurrences and cyclonehazard monitoring; list of major earthquakesClimatological Atlas of India , Rainfall Atlas of India andAgroclimatic Atlas of IndiaMonthly bulletin of Climate Diagnostic Bulletin of IndiaEnvironmental Meteorological Unit of IMD at Delhi to providespecific services to MoEFListing and documentation of heritage sites identified bymunicipalities and local bodies (Listing excludes sites and buildingsunder the purview of the Archaeological Survey of India and the StateDepartments of Archaeology)Activities include health survey on occupational diseases in industrialworkers, air and water quality monitoring studies, ecotoxicologicalimpact assessment, toxicity of chemicals, human health riskassessmentFive databases on CD-ROM in the area of environmental toxicologyviz: TOXLINE, CHEMBANK, POISINDEX, POLTOX andPESTBANK. The Toxicology Information Centre providesinformation on toxic chemicals including household chemicalsENVIS centre and created a full-fledged computerized database(DABTOC) on toxicity profiles of about 450 chemicalsConsultancy and research on joint forest management (FordFoundation, SIDA, GTZ, FAO etc)Fuel quality characterisationEmission factorsSurvey of natural resourcesNational river conservation directorateEnvironmental research programme for eastern and western ghatsNational natural resource management systemWetlands conservation programme- survey, demarcation, mappinglandscape planning, hydrology for 20 identified wetlands Nationalwasteland identification programmeMumbai Urban Transport ProjectMumbai Urban Development ProjectMumbai Urban Rehabilitation ProjectInformation on MMR; statistics on councils and corporations RegionalInformation Centre- Basic data on population, employment, industriesand other sectors are regularly collected and processedREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 8

26. Municipal Corporation of GreaterMumbai27. Ministry of Urban DevelopmentDisaster Mitigation andVulnerability Atlas of IndiaBuilding Materials & TechnologyPromotion CouncilG-Wing,Nirman Bhavan, NewDelhi-110011Tel: 91-11-3019367Fax: 91-11-3010145E-Mail: bmtpc@del2.vsnl.net.in28. Natural Disaster ManagementDivision in Department ofAgriculture and Cooperation29. National Bureau Of Soil Survey &Land Use PlanningP.O. Box No. 426, Shankar NagarP.O., Nagpur-440010Tel#91-712-534664,532438,534545Fax#:91-712-522534RO- Nagpur, New Delhi, Banglore,Calcutta, Jorhat, Udaipur30. National Institute of OceanTechnology,Velacherry-Tambaram main roadNarayanapuramChennai, Tamil NaduTel#91-44-2460063 / 2460064/2460066/ 2460067Fax#91-44-246064531. National Institute of Oceanography,GoaRO- Mumbai, KochiAir Quality Data for Mumbai Municipal AreaWater quality of lakes used for water supply to MumbaiIdentification of hazard prone areaVulnerability Atlas showing areas vulnerable to natural disastersLand-use zoning and design guidelines for improving hazard resistantconstruction of buildings and housingState wise hazard maps (on cyclone, floods and earthquakes)Weekly situation reports on recent disasters, reports on droughts,floods, cyclones and earthquakesNBSS&LUP Library has been identified as sub centre of ARIC(ICAR) for input to AGRIS covering soil science literature generatedin IndiaResearch in weathering and soil formation, soil morphology, soilmineralogy, physicochemical characterisation, pedogenesis, and landscapeclimate-soilrelationship.Soil Series of India- The soils are classified as per Soil Taxonomy. Thedescribed soil series now belong to 17 States of the country.Landuse planning- watershed management, land evaluation criteria, cropefficiency zoningSoil Information system is developed state-wise at 1:250,000 scale.Presently the soil maps of all the States are digitized, processed anddesigned for final output both digital and hardcopy. The thematic layersand interpreted layers of land evaluation (land capability, landirrigability and crop suitability), Agro-Ecological Zones and soildegradation themes are prepared. Districts level information system is developed for about 15 districts at 1:50, 000 scale. The soil information will be at soil series level in this system.Soil resource inventory of States, districts water-sheds (1:250,000;1:50,000; 1:10,000/8000) Waste load allocation in selected estuaries (Tapi estuary and Ennorecreek) is one the components under the Integrated Coastal and MarineArea Management (ICMAM) programme of the Department ofOcean Development ICMAM is conducted with an IDA based creditto the Government of India under the Environmental CapacityBuilding project of MoEF (waste assimilation capacity of Ennorecreek is over) Physical oceanographic component of Coastal & Ocean monitoringPredictive System (COMAPS) a long term monitoring program underthe Department of Ocean Development Identification of suitable locations for disposal of dredge spoil usingmathematical models & environmental criteria EIA Manual and EIA guidelines for port and harbour projects Coastal Ocean Monitoring and Predictions(COMAP)-Monitoring ofcoastal waters for physicochemical and biological parametersincluding petroleum hydrocarbons, trace metals, heavy metals, andbiomass of primary (phytoplankton) and secondary (zooplankton,microbial and benthic organisms) Marine Biodiversity of selected ecosystem along the West Coast ofIndiaREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 9

32. National Botanical Research Institute,Post Box No 436 Rana Pratap MargLucknow- 226001,Tel: (+91) 522 271031-35 Fax: (+91)522 282849, 282881 Lucknow33. National Geophysical Research Institute, Uppal Road, HyderabadTelephone:0091-40-7171124,FAX:0091-40-717156434. National Environmental Engineering Research Institute, NagpurRO- Mumbai, Delhi, Chennai,Calcutta, Ahmedabad, Cochin,Hyderabad, Kanpur35. National Hydrology Institute, RoorkeeRO- Belgaum (Hard Rock RegionalCentre), Jammu (WesternHimalayan Regional Centre),Guwahati (North Eastern RegionalCentre), Kakinada (Deltaic RegionalCentre), Patna (Ganga Plains NorthRegional Centre), and Sagar (GangaPlains South)36. National Institute Of Urban Affairs, India Habitat Centre, New Delhi37. National Institute of Occupational HealthMeghaninagar, AhmedabadRO- Banglore, Calcutta38. NRSA Data Centre Department of Space, Balanagar,Hyderabad 500 037Ph- 040-30785603078664sales@nrsa.gov.in39. Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission40. Space Application Centre Value Added Services Cell (VASC) Remote Sensing Application AreaAhmedabad 380 053079-676 1188 Dust filtering potential of common avenue trees and roadside shrubshas been determined, besides studies have also been conducted onheavy-metals accumulation potential of aquatic plants supposedlyuseful as indicators of heavy metal pollution in water bodies andcapable of reducing the toxic metals from water bodies.Assessment of bio-diversity of various regions of IndiaExploration, assessment and management of ground water resourcesincluding ground water modelling and pollution studiesNational Air Quality Monitoring (NAQM) for CPCBDatabase on cleaner technologies of industrial productionsBasin studies, hydrometeorological network improvement,hydrological year book, hydrological modelling, regional floodformulae, reservoir sedimentation studies, environmental hydrology,watershed development studies, tank studies, and drought studies.Urban Statistics Handbookepidemiological studies and surveillance of hazardous occupationsincluding air pollution, noise pollution, agricultural hazards, industrialhazards in organised sectors as well as small scale industries,carcinogenesis, pesticide toxicology, etcWHO collaborative centre for occupational health for South East Asiaregion and the lead institute for the international programme onchemical safety under IPCS (WHO)Satellite data products (raw data, partially processed (radiometricallycorrected but geometrically uncorrected), standard data(radiometrically and geometrically corrected), geocoded data(1:50,000and 1:25000 scale), special data products like mosaiced, merged andextracted) available on photographic (B?W and FCC in form of film of240 mm X 240mm or enlargements/paper prints in scale varyingbetween 1:1M and 1:12500 and size varying between 240mm and1000mm) and digital media (CD-ROMs, 8 mm tapes)Database for groundwater using remote sensing technology (RegionalRemote Sensing Service Centre involved in generation of groundwater prospect maps at 1:50,000 scale for the State of Kerala,Karnataka, AP, MP and Rajasthan for RGNDWM)National Natural Resource Information SystemLanduse mapping for coastal regulation zone (construction setbackline) upto 1:12500 scaleInventory of coastal wetlands, coral reefs, mangroves, seaweedsMonitoring and condition assessment of protected coastal areasREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 10

Fax- 079-676273541. State Pollution Control Board 42. State Ground Water Board43. Survey of India 44. Town and Country Planning Organisation45. Wildlife Institute of India Post Bag No. 18, Chandrabani Dehradun -248 001, Uttaranchal Tel#0135 640111 -15,Fax#0135 640117email : wii@wii .46. Zoological Survey of India Prani Vigyan Bhawan'M' Block, New AliporeCalcutta - 700 053Phone # 91-33-4786893, 4783383Fax # 91-33-786893RO - Shillong, Pune, Dehradun,Jabalpur, Jodhpur, Chennai, Patna,Hyderabad, Canning, Behrampur,Kozikode, Itanagar, Digha, PortBliar, SolanWetland mapping and inventoryMapping of potential hotspots and zoning of environmental hazardsGeneral geological and geomorphological mapping in diverse terrainLandslide risk zonation for Tehre areaState Air Quality Monitoring ProgrammeInventory of polluting industriesIdentification and authorization of hazardous waste generatingindustriesInventory of biomedical waste generating industriesWater quality monitoring of water bodies receiving wastewaterdischargesInventory of air polluting industriesIndustrial air pollution monitoringAir consent, water consent, authorization, environment monitoringreportsTopographical surveys on 1:250,000 scales, 1:50,000 and 1:25,000scalesDigital Cartographical Data Base of topographical maps on scales1:250,000 and 1:50,000Data generation and its processing for redefinition of Indian GeodeticDatumMaintenance of National Tidal Data Centre and receiving/ processingof tidal data of various ports.Coastal mapping along the Eastern coast line has been in progress tostudy the effect of submergence due to rise in sea-level and othernatural phenomenon. Ground surveys have been completed for theproposed coastal region and maps are under printing.District planning maps containing thematic information (135 maps)have been printed out of 249 maps covering half the districts of India.Districts planning maps for remaining half of the area are beingprocessed by National Atlas and Thematic Mapping Organisation(NATMO)Urban mapping - Thematic maps and graphic database on towns(under progress in association with NRSA and State town planningdepartment)Provide information and advice on specific wildlife managementproblems.National Wildlife DatabaseRed Book for listing of endemic speciesSurvey of faunal resourcesREPORT ON SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION CENTRE 11

ANNEXURE XImpact Prediction Tools

Table 1: Choice of Models for Impact Prediction: Air Environment *MODEL APPLICATION REMARKS REMARKS FORDISTILLERY PLANTSAPPLICATIONSISCST 3Appropriate for point,area and line sourcesApplication for flat orrolling terrainTransport distance up to50 km validComputes for 1 hr toannual averaging periodsCan take up to 99 sourcesComputes concentration on600 receptors in Cartesianon polar coordinate systemCan take receptor elevationRequires source data,meteorological and receptordata as input.ISCST3 is appropriate fordistillery unit located in bothsimple terrain, where theterrain features are all lowerin elevation than the top ofthe stack of the source, and incomplex terrain, where terrainelevations rise to heightsabove the stack top.The meteorological datarequired to run ISCST3includes mixing heights, winddirection, wind velocity,temperature, atmosphericstability and anemometerheight.AERMODwithAERMETSettling and drydeposition of particles;Building wake effects(excluding cavity regionimpacts);Point, area, line, andvolume sources;Plume rise as a functionof downwind distance;Multiple point, area,line, or volume sources;Limited terrainadjustment;Long-term and shorttermaveraging modes;Rural or urban modes;Variable receptor griddensity; andActual hourlymeteorology dataCan take up to 99 sourcesComputes concentration on600 receptors in Cartesianon polar coordinate systemCan take receptor elevationRequires source data,meteorological and receptordata as input.AERMOD, is a state-of-artand steady-state plumedispersion model forassessment of pollutantconcentrations from a varietyof sources. AERMODsimulates transport anddispersion from multiplepoints, area, or volumesources based on an up-todatecharacterization of theatmospheric boundary layer.Sources may be located inrural or urban areas, andreceptors may be located insimple or complex terrain.AERMOD accounts forbuilding near-wake and farwakeeffects (i.e., plumedownwash) using the PRIMEwake effect model. TheAERMOD model employshourly sequentialmeteorological data toestimate concentrations foraveraging times ranging fromone hour to one year.The AERMET module is thei

MODEL APPLICATION REMARKS REMARKS FORDISTILLERY PLANTSAPPLICATIONSPTMAXPTDISMPTERScreening modelapplicable for a singlepoint sourceComputes maximumconcentration anddistance of maximumconcentrationoccurrence as a functionof wind speed andstability classScreening modelapplicable for a singlepoint sourceComputes maximumpollutant concentrationand its occurrences forthe prevailingmeteorologicalconditionsAppropriate for point,area and line sourcesapplicable for flat orrolling terrainTransport distance up to50 km validComputes for 1 hr toannual averaging periodsTerrain adjustment ispossibleRequire sourcecharacteristicsNo met data requiredUsed mainly for ambient airmonitoring network designRequire sourcecharacteristicsAverage met data (windspeed, temperature, stabilityclass etc.) requiredUsed mainly to see likelyimpact of a single sourceCan take 250 sourcesComputes concentration at180 receptors up to 10 kmRequires source data,meteorological data andreceptor coordinatesmeteorological preprocessorfor the AERMOD program.Output includes surfacemeteorological observationsand parameters and verticalprofiles of severalatmospheric parameters.AERMET is a generalpurpose meteorologicalpreprocessor for organizingavailable meteorological datainto a format suitable for useby the AERMOD air qualitydispersion modelii

MODEL APPLICATION REMARKS REMARKS FORDISTILLERY PLANTSAPPLICATIONSCTDM PLUS(ComplexTerrainDispersionModel)UAM (UrbanAirshedModel)RAM (RuralAirshedModel)CRESTERPoint source steady statemodel, can estimatehrly averageconcentration in isolatedhills/ array of hills3-D grid type numericalsimulation modelComputes O 3concentration short termepisodic conditionslasting for 1 or 2 daysresulting from NOx andVOCsAppropriate for singleurban area havingsignificant O 3 problemsSteady state Gaussianplume model forcomputing concentrationof relatively stablepollutants for 1 hr to 1day averaging timeApplication for pointand area sources in ruraland urban settingApplicable for singlepoint source either inrural or urban settingComputes highest andsecond highestconcentration for 1hr,3hr, 24hr and annualaveraging timesTabulates 50 highestconcentration for entireyear for each averagingtimesCan take maximum 40Stacks and computesconcentration at maximum400 receptorsDoes not simulate calm metconditionsHill slopes are assumed notto exceed 15 degreesRequires sources, met andterrain characteristics andreceptor detailsSuitable for flat terrainsTransport distance less than50 km.Can take up to 19 Stackssimultaneously at acommon site.Unsuitable for cool andhigh velocity emissionsDo not account for tallbuildings or topographicfeaturesComputes concentration at180 receptor, circular wingat five downwind ringdistance 36 radialsiii

MODEL APPLICATION REMARKS REMARKS FORDISTILLERY PLANTSAPPLICATIONSOCD(Offshore andcoastalDispersionModel)FDM(FugitiveDust Model)RTDM(RoughTerrainDiffusionModel)It determines the impactof offshore emissionsfrom point sources onthe air quality of coastalregionsIt incorporates overwaterplume transport anddispersion as well aschanges that occur as theplume crosses the shorelineMost suitable foroverwater sources shoreonshore receptors arebelow the lowest shoreheightSuitable for emissionsfrom fugitive dustsourcesSource may be point,area or line (up to 121source)Require particle sizeclassification max. up to20 sizesComputesconcentrations for 1 hr,3hr, 8hr, 24hr or annualaverage periodsEstimates GLC iscomplex/rough (or flat)terrain in the vicinity ofone or more co-locatedpoint sourcesTransport distance max.up to 15 km to up to 50kmComputes for 1 to 24 hr.or annual ave5rageRequire sources, and metdataRequires source emissiondataRequire hrly met data atoffshore and onshorelocations like water surfacetemperature; overwater airtemperature; relativehumidity etc.Require dust source particlesizesSource coordinates for areasources, source height andgeographic detailsCan compute concentrationat max. 1200 receptorsRequire met data (winddirection, speed,Temperature, mixing heightand stability class)Model do not includebuoyant point sources,hence no plume risealgorithmCan take up to 35 colocatedpoint sourcesRequire source data andhourly met dataComputes concentration atmaximum 400 receptorsSuitable only for nonreactive gasesDo not include gravitationaleffects or depletioniv

MODEL APPLICATION REMARKS REMARKS FORDISTILLERY PLANTSAPPLICATIONSCDM(ClimatologicallyDispersionModel)concentrationsIt is a climatologicallysteady state GPM fordetermining long term(seasonal or annual)Arithmetic averagepollutant concentrationat any ground levelreceptor in an urban areamechanism such as rain/wash out, dry depositionSuitable for point and areasources in urban region, flatterrainValid for transport distanceless than 50 kmLong term averages: Onemonth to one year or longerPLUVUE-II(PlumeVisibilityModel)MESO-PUFFII (Mesoscale PuffModel)Applicable to assessvisibility impairmentdue to pollutants emittedfrom well defined pointsourcesIt is used to calculatevisual range reductionand atmosphericdiscoloration caused byplumesIt predicts transport,atmospheric diffusion,chemical, conversion,optical effects, andsurface deposition ofpoint source emissions.It is a Gaussian,Variable trajectory, puffsuperposition modeldesigned to account frospatial and temporalvariations in transport,diffusion, chemicaltransformation andremoval mechanismencountered on regionalscale.Plume is modeled as aseries of discrete puffsand each puff istransportedindependentlyAppropriate for pointRequire sourcecharacteristics, met dataand receptor coordinates &elevationRequire atmosphericaerosols (back ground &emitted) characteristics,like density, particle sizeRequire backgroundpollutant concentration ofSO 4 , NO 3 , NOx, NO 2 , O 3 ,SO 2 and depositionvelocities of SO 2 , NO 2 andaerosolsCan model five pollutantssimultaneously (SO2, SO4,NOx, HNO3 and NO3)Require sourcecharacteristicsCan take 20 point sourcesor 5 area sourceFor area source – location,effective height, initial puffsize, emission is requiredComputes pollutantconcentration at max. 180discrete receptors and 1600(40 x 40) grided receptorsRequire hourly surface dataincluding cloud cover andv

MODEL APPLICATION REMARKS REMARKS FORDISTILLERY PLANTSAPPLICATIONSand area sources inurban areasRegional scale model.twice a day upper air data(pressure, temp, height,wind speed, direction)Do not include gravitationaleffects or depletionmechanism such as rain/wash out, dry depositionTable 2: Choice of Models for Impact Modeling: Noise Environment *ModelFHWA (Federal HighwayAdministration)DhwaniHemispherical sound wavepropagationAir PortApplicationNoise Impact due to vehicular movement on highwaysFor predictions of impact due to group of noise sources in theindustrial complex (multiple sound sources)Fore predictive impact due to single noise sourceFor predictive impact of traffic on airport and rail roadTable 3: Choice of Methods for Impact Modeling: Land Environment *Model Application RemarksDigital AnalysisTechniquesRanking analysis forsoil suitability criteriaProvides land use / landcover distributionProvides suitabilitycriteria for developmentalconversation activitiesVarious parameters viz. depth, texture, slope,erosion status, geomorphology, flooding hazards,GW potential, land use etc. are used.vi

Table 4: Choice of Models for Impact Modeling: Water Environment *Model Application RemarksQUAL-II EDOSAG-3, USEPA:(1-D) RECEIV – II,USEPAWind effect is insignificant, vertical dispersiveeffects insignificant applicable to streamsData requiredDeoxygenation coefficients, re-aerationcoefficients for carbonaceous, nitrogenous andbenthic substances, dissolved oxygen deficitThe model is found excellent to generate waterquality parametersPhotosynthetic and respiration rate of suspendedand attached algaeParameters measured up to 15 component canbe simulated in any combination, e.g. ammonia,nitrite, nitrate, phosphorous, carbonaceousBOD, benthic oxygen demand, DO, coliforms,conservative substances and temperatureWater quality simulation model for streams &canalA general Water quality modelSteady state ordynamic modelSteady-stateExplore –I, USEPA A river basin water quality model Dynamic, SimplehydrodynamicsHSPE, USEPA Hydrologic simulation model Dynamic, SimplehydrodynamicsRECEIVE-II,USEPAStanford watershedmodelHydrocomp modelStormwaterManagement modelA general dynamic planning model for waterquality managementThis model simulates stream flows once historicprecipitation data are suppliedThe major components of the hydrologic cycleare modeled including interception, surfacedetention, overland inflow, groundwater, evapotranspirationand routing of channel flows,temperature, TDS, DO, carbonaceous BODcoliforms, algae, zooplanktons, nitrite, nitrate,ammonia, phosphate and conservativesubstances can be simulatedLong-term meteorological and wastewatercharacterization data is used to simulate streamflows and stream water qualityRunoff is modeled from overland flow, throughsurface channels, and through sewer networkBoth combined and separate sewers can beTime dependant(Dynamic)Time Dependentvii

Model Application Remarks(SWMM)Battelle ReservoirmodelTIDEP (Turbulentdiffusiontemperature modelreservoirs)BIOLAKEmodeled.This model also enables to simulate waterquality effects to stormwater or combined sewerdischarges. This model simulates runoffresulting from individual rainfall events.Water body is divided into segments along thedirection of the flow and each segment isdivided into number of horizontal layers. Themodel is found to generate excellent simulationof temperature and good prediction of waterquality parameters.The model simulates temperature, DO, total andbenthic BOD, phytoplankton, zooplankton,organic and inorganic nitrogen, phosphorous,coliform bacteria, toxic substances andhydrodynamic conditions.Horizontal temperature homogeneityCoefficient of vertical turbulent diffusionconstant for charge of area with depth negligiblecoefficient of thermal exchange constantData required wind speed, air temperature, airhumidity, net incoming radiation, surface watertemperature, heat exchange coefficients andvertical turbulent diffusion coefficients.Model estimates potential fish harvest from atakeTwo Dimensionalmulti-segment modelSteady state modelSteady state modelEstuary models/estuarial DynamicmodelDynamic WaterQuality ModelHEC -2SMSIt is simulates tides, currents, and discharge inshallow, vertically mixed estuaries excited byocean tides, hydrologic influx, and wind actionTides, currents in estuary are simulatedIt simulates the mass transport of eitherconservative or non-conservative qualityconstituents utilizing information derived fromthe hydrodynamic model Bay-Delta model isthe programme generally used.Up to 10 independent quality parameters ofeither conservative or non-conservative typeplus the BOD-DO coupled relationship can behandledTo compute water surface profiles for stead7y,gradually: varying flow in both prismatic &non- prismatic channelsLake circulation, salt water intrusion, surfacewater profile simulation modelDynamic modelDynamic modelSurface waterModeling systemviii

Model Application RemarksRMA2RMA4To compute flow velocities and water surfaceelevationsSolves advective-diffusion equations to modelup to six non-interacting constituentsHydrodynamic modelHydrodynamicanalysis modelConstituent transportmodelSED2D-WES Model simulates transport of sediment Sediment transportmodelHIVEL2DModel supports subcritical and supercriticalflow analysisA 2-dimensionalhydrodynamic modelMIKE-II, DHIModel supports, simulations of flows, waterquality, and sediment transport in estuaries,rives, irrigation systems, channels & other waterbodiesTable 5: Choice of Methods for Impact Modeling: Biological Environment *ProfessionalEngineering softwarepackageFloraName Relevance Applications RemarksSample plotmethodsDensity andrelative densityDensity andrelativedominanceAverage number ofindividuals species perunit areaRelative degree to whicha species predominates acommunity by its sheernumbers, size bulk orbiomassThe quadrant sampling techniqueis applicable in all types of plantcommunities and for the study ofsubmerged, sessile (attached atthe base) or sedentary plantsFrequency andrelativefrequencyimportancevaluePlant dispersion over anarea or within acommunityCommonly accepted plot size:0.1 m 2 - mosses, lichens & othermat-like plantsAverage of relativedensity, relativedominance and relativefrequency0.1 m 2 - herbaceous vegetationincluding grasses10.20 m 2 – for shrubs andsaplings up to 3m tall, and100 m 2 – for tree communitiesTransects &lineinterceptsmethodsCoverRatio of total amount ofline intercepted by eachspecies and total lengthof the line intercept givenThis methods allows for rapidassessment of vegetationtransition zones, and requiresminimum time or equipment ofix

Name Relevance Applications RemarksPlot-lesssamplingmethodsFaunaSpecies listmethodsDirectContactMethodsCountindicesmethods(Roadsideand aerialcountmethods)RelativedominanceMean pointplantMean area perplantDensity andrelative densityDominance andrelativedominanceImportancevalueAnimal specieslistAnimal specieslistDrive countsTemporalcountsCall countsits coverIt is the ratio of totalindividuals of a speciesand total individuals ofall speciesMean point – plantdistanceMean area per plantList of animalcommunities observeddirectlyList of animalscommunities observeddirectlyObservation of animalsby driving them pasttrained observersCount of all animalspassing a fixed pointduring some statedinterval of timeestablishTwo or more vegetation strata canbe sampled simultaneouslyVegetation measurements aredetermined from points ratherthan being determined in an areawith boundariesMethod is used in grass-land andopen shrub and tree communitiesIt allows more rapid andextensive sampling than the plotmethodPoint- quarter method iscommonly used in woods andforests.Animal species lists presentcommon and scientific names ofthe species involved so that thefaunal resources of the area arecataloguedThis method involves collection,study and release of animalsCount indices provide estimatesof animal populations and areobtained from signs, calls ortrailside counts or roadside countsThese estimates, through they donot provide absolute populationnumbers, Provide an index of thevarious species in an areaSuch indices allow comparisonsthrough the seasons or betweensites or habitatsRemoval Population size Number of species Removal methods are used tox

Name Relevance Applications Remarksmethods captured obtain population estimates ofsmall mammals, such as, rodentsthrough baited snap trapsMarketcapturemethodsPopulation sizeestimate (M)Number of speciesoriginally marked (T)Number of markedanimals recaptured (t)and total number ofanimals captured duringcensus (n)N = nT/tIt involves capturing a portion ofthe population and at some laterdate sampling the ratio of markedto total animals caught in thepopulationTable 6: Choice of Methods for Impact Predictions: Socio-economic Aspects *RelevanceName Application RemarksExtrapolativeMethodsIntuitiveForecasting(Delphitechniques)Trendextrapolationand correlationMetaphors andanalogiesScenariosDynamicmodeling (Input-Out model)NormativeMethodsA prediction is made that is consistent with pastand present socio-economic data, e.g. a predictionbased on the linear extrapolation of current trendsDelphi technique is used to determineenvironmental priorities and also to makeintuitive predictions through the process ofachieving group consensusPredictions may be obtained by extrapolatingpresent trends Not an accurate method of makingsocio-economic forecasts, because a time seriescannot be interpreted or extrapolated very far intothe future with out some knowledge of theunderlying physical, biological, and social factorsThe experience gained else where is used topredict the socio-economic impactsScenarios are common-sense forecasts of data.Each scenario is logically constructed on modelof a potential future for which the degrees of“confidence” as to progression and outcomeremain undefinedModel predicts net economic gain to the societyafter considering all inputs required forconversion of raw materials along with cost offinished productDesired socio-economic goals are specified andan attempt is made to project the socialConjectureBrainstorming Heuristicprogramming DelphiconsensusTrend breakthroughprecursor eventscorrelation andregressionGrowth historicalsimulation commonsenseforecastsCommon-senseMorphological analysistechnology scanningxi

RelevanceName Application Remarksenvironment backward in time to the present toexamine whether existing or planned resourcesand environmental programmes are adequate tomeet the goalscontextual mapping- functional array- graphic methodMission networks andfunctional arraysdecision trees &relevance trees matrixmethods scenarios* NOTE: (i) If a project proponent prefer to use any model other than listed, can do so, with priorconcurrence of concerned appraisal committee. (ii) Project-specific proposed prediction tools need to beidentified by the project proponent and shall be incorporated in the draft ToR to be submitted to theAuthority for the consideration and approval by the concerned EAC/SEAC.xii

ANNEXURE XIForm through which the State Governments/Administration ofthe Union Territories Submit Nominations for SEIAA and SEACfor the Consideration and Notification by theCentral Government

1 Name (in block letters)2 Address for communication3 Age & Date of Birth(Shall be less than 67 years for the membersand 72 years for the Chairman)4 Area of Expertise (As perAppendix VI)Professional Qualifications(As per Appendix VI)5Qualification(s) University Year ofpassingPercentage ofmarks6 Work experience(High light relevant experienceas per Appendix VI)PositionYears of associationFrom to Period inyearsNature of work. Ifrequired, attachseparate sheetsServing Central / State Government Office? Yes/NoEngaged in industry or their associations? Yes/No7Present position and nature ofAssociated with environmental activism? Yes/NojobIf no is the answer for above three, pleasespecify the present position and name of theorganization8Whether experienced in theprocess of prior environmentalclearance?Yes/No.If yes, please specify the experience in a separate sheet (Please restrict to500 words)9Yes/ NoWhether any out-standingIf yes, please provide details in a separate sheet (Please restrict to 500expertise has been acquired?words).10 Any other relevant information? May like to attach separate sheets (Research projects, consultancy projects,publications, memberships in associations, trainings undergone,international exposure cum experience etc.)The Government of……………………is pleased to forward the Nomination of Dr./Sh.…………………...…. for the position of Chairperson / Member / Secretary of the SEIAA / SEAC / EACto the Ministry of Environment & Forests, the Government of India for the Notification.(Authorized Signature with Seal)

ANNEXURE XIIComposition of EAC/SEAC

Composition of the EAC/SEACThe Members of the EAC shall be Experts with the requisite expertise and experience in thefollowing fields /disciplines. In the event that persons fulfilling the criteria of “Experts” are notavailable, Professionals in the same field with sufficient experience may be considered:Environment Quality Experts: Experts in measurement/monitoring, analysis andinterpretation of data in relation to environmental qualitySectoral Experts in Project Management: Experts in Project Management or Management ofProcess/Operations/Facilities in the relevant sectors.Environmental Impact Assessment Process Experts: Experts in conducting and carrying outEnvironmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) and preparation of Environmental ManagementPlans (EMPs) and other Management plans and who have wide expertise and knowledge ofpredictive techniques and tools used in the EIA processRisk Assessment ExpertsLife Science Experts in floral and faunal managementForestry and Wildlife ExpertsEnvironmental Economics Expert with experience in project appraisali

___________________________________________________________________ANNEXURE XIIIBest Practices & Latest Technologies available and reference

Best Practices & Latest Technologies available and referenceBest Available Technologies across entire process: Apply Clean-in-place (CIP) methods for decontaminating equipment. Use high-pressure, low-volume hoses for equipment cleaning. Use re-circulating systems on cooling water circuits.Filtrate bottom sediments from final fermentation tanks for use as animal feedBest Available Technologies for effluent treatment:Wherever possible, waste water segregation is recommended. There exists potential for highvolumelow-strength streams to be either:-recycled (following suitable treatment)-discharged directly to sewer (without treatment)-mixed with treated final effluent prior to dischargeThe options available will be dependent upon the receiving water and hence the consent todischarge. By segregating low-strength streams, a treatment facility can be reduced in size bydesigning on high strength waste waters released from an installation. Fermentable and nonfermentablewastes are kept separate to maximize potential for re-use.In general, when applying techniques for the treatment of waste waters released from the brewerysub-sector, the following unit processes may be considered: Screening. Primary treatment. With regard to the pollution strength, aerobic or anaerobic biological techniques are regardedas BATBest Available Technology for Waste Water Treatment:Treatment for discharge to sewerThe level of treatment required prior to discharge to sewer is dependent upon the consent todischarge conditions. An economic balance needs to be achieved taking into account tradeeffluent charges and the capital and operating costs of a new effluent treatment plant.

The soft drinks and beverages sub-sector is a diverse sector on its own, however, for the purposesof effluent treatment, the waste waters generated can be categorized as follows:- Low strength high volume- High strength low volume- Continuous regular discharges- Campaign/seasonal discharges. Screening to remove gross solids is recommended for installations in this sub-sector. Staticwedge screens are cleaned several times a day to remove build-up. Self-cleaning screens arepreferable, otherwise regular manual cleaning takes place. Vibrating screens have also been usedsuccessfully within this sub-sector.Due to the batch-wise nature of the processes and wash down regimes, flow and load balancingwould be required. The waste water from this sub-sector tends to be highly biodegradable andcontain active bio-organisms. Excessive retention in the balance tank are avoided to ensure thatthe contents do not become anaerobic, leading to acidity and odour. The balance tank is agitatedto prevent sludge accumulation, minimizing the potential for methane build-up. A balance tankwould typically have a retention time of 6 - 12 hours. High trade effluent charges will make it cost-effective for most installations to carry out someform of primary treatment. Dissolved air flotation is widely used in this sub-sector for theremoval of fats, oils and greases and of suspended solids. The separated material can generally bere-used as animal feed if suitable coagulants and flocculants have been chosen.In some instances, discharge to sewer could occur downstream of a primary process, dependingupon the efficiency of the process and the receiving sewage treatment works. In this caseoperators must allow for a contingency strategy for failure of the primary treatment process, e.g. adiversion tank.Following primary treatment, further stages may be required, either to achieve a consent todischarge or to minimize trade effluent charges. For waste water streams with a BODconcentration greater than 1000 - 1500 mg/L BOD anaerobic treatment processes areconsidered. If anaerobic technique is used, operators ensure that fats, oils and greases are notallowed to reach the anaerobic reactor as well as minimizing any biocides from reaching thisstage of the process. Final effluent from the anaerobic process could be discharged directly tosewer, following flash aeration.For lower strength waste water streams aerobic treatment would be the preferred option.Conventional activated sludge systems have been used for such waste water streams, and (whereeconomics allow) activated sludge variants (pure oxygen, SBR, MBR) would also be applicable.High rate trickling filters have also been employed as well as the standard rate configuration.Hybrid aerobic reactors, such as the submerged biological aerated filter are also gainingpopularity in this field.

For installations affected by seasonal produce, a number of options exist. Installations such asthese will have general waste water generated all year round from the continuous production onsite.During the season or campaign, further waste water is generated from intensive processes.The nature of the general waste water and the campaign waste water will dictate the technique forthe installation.Typically the campaign waste water will be higher in strength than the general waste water and anumber of factors will affect an operators choice of techniques under these conditions, e.g. thedischarge points for the waste water streams may not be close to each other and there may belittle or no process benefit in combining the streams.The main choice facing operators here will be whether to treat the waste water streams separatelyor together. This will be site-specific and will be dependent upon the nature of the streams, thenature of the streams when combined, and the economics of constructing an effluent treatmentplant capable of receiving significantly higher loads during a campaign.If treated separately, the general waste water stream may require primary treatment only (prior todischarge to sewer), however, secondary treatment requirements would be aerobic biologicaltreatment, typically conventional activated sludge, trickling filters and hybrid reactors, such as thesubmerged biological aerated filter.The campaign/seasonal waste water is typically high in strength and comparatively low involume. As the waste water stream is generated during certain times of the year only, anaerobictreatment would be considered for the treatment of the stream. Final effluent from the anaerobicprocess could be discharged directly to sewer, following flash aeration.For treating the streams together, a treatment plant must be of modular construction with two ormore reactors working in parallel. This will allow for one reactor to be used out of season withthe plant brought up to full capacity during the seasonal production. A technique to consider forthis configuration would be a conventional activated sludge process with pure oxygensupplementation during the high loads associated with the seasonal production. The plant mayrequire artificial feeding in preparation for the increased flows and loads.Treatment for discharge to water course or for recyclingFor discharges to water courses, or for treating effluent to a quality suitable for re-use, furthertreatment stages would be required.For high strength waste waters that have already passed through an anaerobictreatment plant, a further aerobic plant will be generally required. Typically anaerobic reactorsare followed by conventional activated sludge systems for further treatment. A two stagebiological system (anaerobic followed by aerobic) if designed correctly achieves a quality ofeffluent suitable for discharge to a water course. Should suspended solids consent be low atertiary macrofiltration system (sandfilter) would be required.Further tertiary treatment would be required for recycling all or part of the final effluent. Due tothe nature of the waste, GAC filters and/or crossflow microfiltration would be required.Disinfection would also be recommended should recycled water be used in hygienic areas.

Best Environmental Practices across the entire process: Use of grit, weed seed, and discarded grain as chicken feed. Use of spent grain as animal feed, either 80% wet, or dry after evaporation. Disposal of wet hops by adding them to the spent grain. Disposal of spent hop liquor by mixing with spent grain. Use for livestock feed of spent yeast that is not reused. Disposal of trub by adding it to spent grain. Recovery of spilled beer, adding it to spent grain that is being dried through evaporationSources: An overview of wastewater treatment in distillery industry by Kanimozhi and N.Vasudevan, International Journal of Environmental Engineering, Issue: Volume2,Number1-3/2010, Pages: 159 – 184. http://www.iitb.ac.in/~cep/brochures/2007/dikshit-bro-07.html ,Lenntech, 2009 http://www.lenntech.com/membrane-technology.htm. Water Treatment Method andDisposal http://www.p2pays.org/ref/09/08972.pdf , Zero Discharge System for Distilleries

REFERENCESReference DocumentsMinistry of Environment and Forest, GoI - “Environment Impact AssessmentNotification” S.O.1533 dated 14th September 2006.Ministry of Environment and Forest, GoI – “Environment Impact AssessmentNotification 2006 – Amendment” S.O. 195 (E) dated 1st December, 2009.Ministry of Environment and Forest, GoI – Charter on Corporate Responsibility forEnvironment Protection Action Points for 17 Categories of Industries, CPCB, March2003.Larry W. Canter, “Environmental Impact Assessment”, Second Edition, McGrawHill, University of Oklahoma, 1997.International Association for Impact Assessment in Cooperation with Institute ofEnvironmental Assessment, UK – “Principles of Environmental Impact AssessmentBest Practice, 1996IFC, “Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Sugar manufacturing, Draft,August 2006.Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) - Case Study: Waste Minimization Practicesin Distillery Unit, Sohrabji Green Business Centre.Central Pollution Control Board - Comprehensive industry Document FermentationIndustriesCentral Pollution Control Board - Management of Distillery Wastewater, ResourceRecycling Series: RERES/4/2001-2002, September, 2001.Prof.(Dr.) Arvind Kumar, “Industrial Pollution Problems and Solutions”,Environmental Science Research Unit, Post Graduate Department of Zoology, S.K.MUniversity, Dumka, Jharkhand, Daya Publishing House, Delhi, 2006Ecosmart India Ltd., - Report on Secondary Data Collection for EnvironmentalInformation Centre, submitted to Ministry of Environment and Forests, 28 th March2003Referred Websiteshttp://d.wanfangdata.com.cn/NSTLHY_NSTL_HY10565889.aspxhttp://envfor.nic.in/divisions/iass/eia.htmhttp://kspcb.kar.nic.in/Disp.htmTechnical EIA Guidance Manual for Distillery Industry August 2010

http://www.distill.com/india.htmlhttp://www.envis.nic.in/http://www.iaia.orghttp://www.scribd.com/doc/7027043/Bio-Gas-From-Distillery-Spent-Washwww.cpcb.nic.inTechnical EIA Guidance Manual for Distillery Industry August 2010

IL&FS Ecosmart LimitedFlat # 408, Saptagiri TowersBegumpetHyderabad – 500 016Ph: + 91 40 40163016Fax: + 91 40 40032220

Distillieries - Environmental Clearance

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?